↩ Accueil

Vue lecture

Sea of Remnants Preview: Sea of Thieves Piracy Meets Persona 5 Stylishness, But Is It More Than Skin-Deep?

After half a dozen hours in the earliest moments of the upcoming pirate RPG Sea of Remnants, I was left with tons of questions about how this one will ultimately turn out, whether it was the currently barebones turn-based combat system, the convoluted labyrinth of vendors and upgrade paths that reminded me a bit of an MMO, or the story and dialogue that were sometimes difficult to follow given this early build’s lack of English voice acting or reliable subtitles. But one thing that was never in doubt throughout all of that is just how much this colorful, over-the-top adventure is already absolutely dripping with style that’s so unbelievably hard to look away from, it made me eager to see more in spite of those rough edges. Seriously, the cartoonish characters, exaggerated (and often hilarious) animations, and gorgeous menus are some of the coolest I’ve seen since Persona 5, and even when I didn’t understand everything that was happening, I often couldn’t help but smile ear-to-ear. The version I played is so early and unfinished, it’s still pretty hard to tell if this will deliver in plenty of other areas, from gameplay to technical stability, but there’s plenty of time before the unspecific 2026 launch window to iron all that out, and it already has so much unique charm that I’m officially adding this one to my list of games to follow closely.

Before I get into what I liked and didn’t like in my time with Sea of Remnants, it’s worth mentioning again that what I played appeared to be an extremely early build that was quite unfinished and prone to all sorts of bugs and rocky technical performance. I’m used to playing unfinished products months and sometimes years before they see the light of day, but even by that measure, this one felt especially under construction. Menus and dialogue were riddled with placeholder text, crashes and bugs were quite frequent, and the entire thing hadn’t been optimized for non-Mandarin speakers like myself, which often left things lost in translation. For all of these reasons and more, it was more than a little hard to tell how things will pan out, both from a technical perspective and where gameplay is concerned, since many ideas were clearly extremely unbaked. Keep that in mind as you watch this video.

What I do know about Sea of Remnants is that it’s playing in a lot of the same space as Sea of Thieves, with open-world high seas to explore as a pirate crew and islands to visit, filled with loot waiting to be plundered. But it also distinguishes itself with unexpected elements, like the turn-based combat that happens when you’re ashore, or the RPG/MMO mechanics that accompany it – to the point where I’m not even sure what odd blend of genres the final product is shooting for, and every 30 minutes came with another surprise that added to that confusion, like how, late in the demo, I learned there were hundreds of recruitable companions I could take with me on voyages and build bonds with. And this is all without having been able to see any of the planned multiplayer components in action, as this will all apparently be taking place in an online world where you can interact with other pirate captains.

I’m not even sure what odd blend of genres the final product is shooting for.

Unfortunately, a lot of the ideas Sea of Remnants threw at me were pretty hard to get a sense for in this build, like the turn-based combat, where my buccaneer crew and I crossed swords and blunderbusses with rival skallywags and local fauna. While beautifully animated, the bits I played were also extremely oversimplified, either due to the section I played being pretty early on in the adventure, or just because it was quite clearly still a work in progress. As a big fan of turn-based battles, I’m hopeful they can flesh out some of the mechanics here to reach the heights of some of my recent favorites like Clair Obscur: Expedition 33 or Like A Dragon: Infinite Wealth, but for now it mostly reminded me of a very stripped-down version of Persona 5.

The good news is that, no matter how unfinished any aspect of Sea of Remnants was, it was consistently and without exception one of the most interesting games I’ve played in a long time. The humanoid characters (all of which are puppets for some reason) have a ton of personality despite their wooden faces, and their exaggerated animations really cracked me up. And despite having Sea of Thieves pirate vibes, I rarely felt like I knew what was going to happen next, like how after beating a giant ape boss on an island and getting back on my boat to go home, I suddenly found myself under attack by that same monkey out for revenge, who now captained his own vessel and blasted me with cannon fire. Then, even though I sent him to Davy Jones’ locker, my ship was sunk moments later anyway in the most silly cutscene imaginable. I still feel like I don’t really understand what it will feel like to play the final product, as it swings so wildly between juggling an inventory of loot, blasting cannons on a boat, and choosing between very confusing dialogue options with various party members, but even though playing through that confusion was often a little unintuitive, I certainly can’t say it wasn’t interesting – quite the opposite.

It was also really nice to see such a unique setting, because although there’s a lot of typical piracy shenanigans you might expect, there are also really strange concepts peppered throughout that kept me on my toes, like how my journey started out with me finding the moon buried beneath the sea (!?), or how the marionette characters apparently lose their memory whenever they’re destroyed on an adventure, but always find themselves back inside the main island of Orbtopia to begin again. There’s also a really distinct punk vibe throughout the entire world, as everything is covered with graffiti and many of the characters act like reckless teenagers who cut class to cosplay as mischievous pirates.

The big question with Sea of Remnants is if its unmistakably cool presentation and interesting hodgepodge of ideas can actually come together into something coherent, and I truly feel no closer to answering that after more than six hours with it. For now, it’s definitely interesting and distinctive enough for me to anxiously wait to see more, but we’ll likely need to wait a fair bit longer before we can get a better feel for how it’s shaping up – especially when it comes to technical performance and the online aspects that were completely absent from this build.

The big question with Sea of Remnants is if its unmistakably cool presentation and interesting hodgepodge of ideas can actually come together into something coherent.

I can definitely see the beginnings of a vision here though, where the punk aesthetic and killer art style play well with over-the-top ship combat and slower, more tactical turn-based battles on foot to create something really special. Plus, we can always use more pirate fantasy in our lives, and I can already tell that this goofy take on the genre will bring a very fresh perspective. Granted, I have no idea how they’ll make online multiplayer, where friends would presumably come along for the ride, work with the turn-based combat and NPC party members. But hey – if they manage to pull it off it sounds like it’d be awesome, and if they don’t at least it’ll be something unique nonetheless.

  •  

Save $200 Off the Lenovo Legion Go, One of Our Favorite Windows-Based Handheld Gaming PCs

Ahead of Amazon Prime Day, Amazon is offering the lowest price I've ever seen on one of the best Windows-based gaming handhelds. Right now you can pick up a Lenovo Legion Go with an AMD Ryzen Z1 Extreme APU and 512GB of storage for only $499.99 shipped after a 30% off instant discount. The Legion Go boasts a larger and sharper display, detachable controllers, and a larger battery compared to the Asus ROG Ally. And now that Valve has made SteamOS widely available, you can install it and turn this device basically into a super-powered Steam Deck.

30% Off Lenovo Legion Go 512GB Gaming Handheld

The Lenovo Legion Go is a Windows-based gaming handheld that's powered by an AMD Ryzen Z1 Extreme APU with Radeon graphics and 16GB RAM, which is the same configuration as the one found in the $700 Asus ROG Ally Z1 Extreme or ROG Ally X. The Legion Go also boasts a a bigger and sharper 8.8" 2560x1600 144Hz IPS touchscreen display and detachable controllers like the Nintendo Switch. Since the Legion Go operates off Windows 11, it works with most PC game clients, including Steam, Origin, Ubisoft, Epic Games, Genshin Impact, Battle.net, and more.

In Jacqueline Thomas' Lenovo Legion Go review, she wrote that "it is easily the best handheld gaming PC on the market right now as measured by screen size, horsepower, and USB-C port placement, but there are some caveats. It's absolutely massive, and the 1600p display is more than even this powerhouse chip can handle. That means you're going to have to spend some time tinkering with – and specifically lowering – quality settings to get your games running properly. Even then the battery life isn’t great, and naturally you’re paying a premium over the Steam Deck OLED for the bigger display, a full Windows 11 license, and extra oomph. But if you love the idea of the Switch, where you can remove the controllers, prop the screen up on a beefy kickstand, and sit back and enjoy? This is the one for you."

After the article was written, the Asus ROG Ally X was released and competes with the Legion Go for the title of "best gaming handheld". However, the Ally X is much more expensive: right now it sits at $899.99 on Best Buy, or $400 more than the Legion Go. The Legion Go is definitely a much better value for the price.

If you end up getting this deal, we'd recommend picking up a portable power bank for extended travels and a Micro SD card. We've compared the Steam Deck to the ROG Ally and although the Legion Go isn't mentioned, the article gives you a good idea of the major differences between a Steam-based and Windows-based gaming handheld.

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn't hunting for deals for other people at work, he's hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

  •  

I'm All About These Deep Cuts on Doom Dark Ages, Diablo IV, and the Best Picks of Steam's Summer Sale

Thank your own personal deity--possibly Jubileus the Creator--it's another Friday! Feeling the chill this June? It’s the perfect excuse to load up on games and stay tucked in. From monster slayers to surreal indies, there’s something here to heat up every genre appetite.

This Day in Gaming 🎂

In retro news, I'm celebrating the 34th birthday of Dr. Mario, gaming's most trusted and beloved antivirus software. The brainchild of producer Gunpei Yokoi, creator of the Game Boy and Game & Watch, and Metroid series creator Takahiro Harada, I fondly recall Dr. Mario for its simple addictiveness and earworm tunes that were way more infectious than the virii I was eliminating with drop-block pills.

Aussie birthdays for notable games

- Dr. Mario (NES) 1991. Get

- Lego Batman 2 (PC,PS3,X360) 2012. Get

- Rogue Legacy (PC) 2013. Get

- Sniper Elite III (PC,PS3,XO) 2013. Get

Contents

Nice Savings for Nintendo Switch

On Nintendo Switch, Sonic Frontiers zips in with a 65% discount and a fresh new open-world format which Yuji Naka once claimed was inspired by fan mods. Meanwhile, West of Loathing serves up stick-figure slapstick and absurd RPG mechanics for under a fiver. You can punch a ghost. Seriously.

Expiring Recent Deals

Or gift a Nintendo eShop Card.

Back to top

Exciting Bargains for Xbox

For Xbox Series X owners, TopSpin 2K25 is a smash hit at A$14.90 and secretly features coaching tips voiced by Andy Roddick. Remnant II rounds it out with its chaotic co-op and creepy dimensional hopping, designed with procedural enemy behaviour that actually learns from your playstyle.

Xbox One

Expiring Recent Deals

Or just invest in an Xbox Card.

Back to top

Pure Scores for PlayStation

PlayStation fans, Horizon Forbidden West is a stunner at half price, and Guerrilla’s team reportedly studied over 20 real-world ecosystems to design its robo-fauna. Borderlands 4 is locked, loaded and discounted, bringing even more loot-stuffed mayhem and Mad Max-style carnage.

PS4

Expiring Recent Deals

PS+ Monthly Freebies
Yours to keep from Jun 1 with this subscription

  • NBA 2K25 | PS5, PS4
  • Alone in the Dark (2024) | PS5
  • Bomb Rush Cyberfunk | PS5, PS4
  • Destiny 2: The Final Shape | PS5, PS4

Or purchase a PS Store Card.

Back to top

Purchase Cheap for PC

Over on PC, Hades is down to A$12.40 and still one of the most replayable roguelikes in gaming, with every run narrated by a reactive godly peanut gallery. And Kerbal Space Program lets you blow up tiny green astronauts for science, all for under a fiver. It’s what Jebediah would’ve wanted.

Expiring Recent Deals

Or just get a Steam Wallet Card

Laptop Deals

Desktop Deals

Monitor Deals

Component Deals

Storage Deals

Back to top

Legit LEGO Deals

Expiring Recent Deals

Back to top

Hot Headphones Deals

Audiophilia for less

Back to top

Terrific TV Deals

Do right by your console, upgrade your telly

Smart Home Deals

Back to top

Adam Mathew is our Aussie deals wrangler. He plays practically everything, often on YouTube.

  •  

The Best Nintendo Switch 2 Controllers You Can Get Right Now

You can stick with the new Joy-Con on your shiny Nintendo Switch 2, but you probably want a proper controller for when you’re playing docked and connected to a TV – I’d even call it one of the essential Switch 2 accessories. While the Joy-Con works fine for handheld gaming, the ergonomics aren’t great, which makes them uncomfortable over long sessions. I also don’t think they’re particularly great for games that demand precision, even when using the included grip attachment. Getting the right Switch 2 controller will do you big favors for performance and comfort, but which ones are worth considering in the early days of the new console? I already have answers for you.

Since the Switch 2 doesn’t come with a distinct gamepad, the onus is on you to get a proper controller, and I’ve already tested some of the best options out there, including many of the ones we’ve recommended for the original Switch. Yes, if you have a controller you really like that you used on the Switch, you can use it with the Switch 2, but that comes with a few caveats and missing features. Luckily, a few Switch 2-specific controllers are already out there in this launch window that work like a dream, with top my recommendations here for the best Switch 2 controllers you can get right now.

TL;DR: The Best Controllers for Switch 2

I’m pretty particular about my controllers, so every one I’ve used goes through a certain level of scrutiny – as you may have seen in my Switch 2 Pro Controller review, I take the time to consider every aspect of a controller (which extends to the many keyboards and mice I’ve also reviewed). Since some gamepads do things better than others or may emphasize different aspects, I go through why I made each pick to make sure you know what you’re getting so you’ll hopefully be set for the years to come with your Switch 2.

1. Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller

Best Controller for Switch 2

The first-party Switch 2 Pro Controller is carefully designed, reliable, and packed with every feature you need from a gamepad, making it one of the easiest choices to recommend. In my Switch 2 Pro Controller review, I praised its great button feel and super-smooth analog sticks, going as far as saying they’re better than the DualShock for PS5 and the Xbox controller. While you’re not going to get analog trigger functions here, the triggers and bumpers are satisfying to the touch – but the real star here are the GL and GR back buttons. Back buttons have been on other aftermarket controllers in the past, but these are native to the Switch 2 and can easily be mapped to act as any other button on your controller. This comes in clutch for assigning face button actions to help keep your thumbs on the sticks at all times since GL and GR are super easy to press and never get in the way,

The Switch 2 Pro Controller has a sleek matte black finish that feels nice in the hands and it has a certain density that gives it a strong build quality. The biggest concern I’d put out there is that the handles to hold the controller are a bit small, so those with bigger hands might struggle to find the right grip. Otherwise, it delivers everything you need, including the 3.5mm audio jack and the C button for GameChat. It’s $85 at normal price, but what you get in return is the best Switch 2 controller out right now.

2. PowerA Advantage

Best Budget Controller for Switch 2

PowerA has been reliable for many years and proved to be great by putting out solid Switch controllers at budget-friendly prices. That trend continues with the Switch 2 and PowerA’s Advantage wired controller that we reviewed. This is a fully sized gamepad and may be preferable to the new Pro Controller if you need something heftier to hold onto – and it’s much lighter at the same time. Its sticks, buttons, and triggers are all on point in terms of responsiveness and feel, and the D-pad stands out as a bit better than the Pro Controller. You still get the Switch 2’s new features like the C button, 3.5mm audio jack, and programmable back buttons as well. And its analog sticks are Hall Effect, meaning you likely won’t have to worry about stick drift.

It comes with some caveats, though – you won’t get HD rumble or gyroscope motion controls, which is a bummer. But at just $40, I don’t mind a few compromises. There’s only a wired version for now (it thankfully comes with a long 10-foot USB-A cable), so if you absolutely need something wireless, I’d recommend either the Pro Controller or holding out for when PowerA inevitably puts out its own. And if its previous-gen wireless gamepad is anything to go by, it’ll also be one of my go-to recommendations.

3. Horipad Turbo

Best Wired Controller for Switch 2

The new HoriPad Turbo is nearly identical to the previous model that Hori put out for the original Switch, which means it’s still a solid option among Switch 2 controllers. It’s ergonomically sound – closer to an Xbox controller – and it has smooth analog sticks and all-around good button feel. Its star feature is turbo mode, which you can set to send rapid inputs at 5, 10, or 20 button presses per second, which is super easy to program on the controller itself – whether or not that comes in handy will depend on what you play. Hori also has its own mappable back buttons, and as mentioned above, they can make a world of difference in games with complex control schemes, letting you map any other button for easier access.

Like other budget-level wired Switch gamepads, you won’t get gyroscope motion controls, but it’s a little disappointing to see that it doesn’t include the 3.5mm audio jack that’s now standard for Switch 2 controllers. However, the HoriPad Turbo is still a great value at $40 for a wired controller that has nearly everything you want from one and more.

4. Gulikit KK3 Max

Best Controller from Switch 1

The Gulikit KK3 Max was hands down my favorite controller for Switch 1 (and one of my top picks for PC gamepads, too), and there’s plenty of reason to go with it for the Switch 2. It has the feel of a premium controller with substantial handles that have a nice textured grip. Its Hall Effect sticks have staved off stick drift and have been some of the smoothest analog sticks I’ve used across the board. It’s also very versatile since it has analog triggers for those who want to use it on PC and a 2.4GHz dongle for easy and responsive connectivity.

It comes with tools that make it super simple to swap out parts and well-made aluminum back paddles that you can attach if you want. Since they’re technically paddles, they protrude from the handles, but pressing them feels more tuned for competitive play, which is to say they’re fantastic – and you can have up to four paddles total. It’s a little complicated to customize its various features, like the neat RGB lighting around the sticks, since all of it is done through various onboard controller inputs; although once you’re set, you’ll be good to go.

While it carries some of the limitations of using a Switch 1 controller on Switch 2 like not being able to wake up the console and the lack of the C button for quick GameChat access, there’s little to complain about and a whole lot to praise. I know $80 is still a lot to ask for, but if you can catch the KK3 Max on sale, you’d get a great value for one of my favorite controllers in recent memory.

5. Nintendo Switch Pro Controller

Best Mid-Range Controller from Switch 1

The good ol’ reliable Pro Controller is still a stellar choice when it comes to Switch 2 gamepads. Many of my favorite things about the new Pro Controller were brought over from this one, like the fantastic analog sticks (aside from stick drift concerns), swift and tactile triggers and buttons, and great 40-hour battery life. I actually prefer the grip style of this original version than the new one, too – but the D-pad is the one area it needed to improve (and it did in the new model) since it’s not as precise as you’d want for games like 2D platformers.

If you already have one, it’s a hard ask to have you make the jump to a Switch 2 controller at the moment unless you don’t mind the price tag of the Switch 2 Pro Controller. So, sticking with what you have if it’s still working fine and you’re happy with it is a smart move. If you’re choosing between the two, you can get the original Switch Pro Controller for slightly cheaper at $70 (and even on sale for $60 or $50) and it wouldn’t be a bad choice if you don’t mind missing out on a few Switch 2-specific features.

6. 8BitDo Ultimate

Best Third-Party Controller from Switch 1

When we first reviewed the 8BitDo Ultimate controller, we found it to be one of the Switch options that have a premium feel that matches the Switch Pro Controller. However, you get a slightly larger and better performing D-pad, Hall Effect sticks to mitigate drift, and the kind of responsive buttons that you'd expect from more expensive controllers. Using the 8BitDo Ultimate app, you can customize button mapping, including the two back buttons, the intricacies of the analog sticks, and the vibration levels of the rumble feature. A custom profile switch button allows you to store three profiles on the pad for convenient on-the-fly swapping.

It has a decent 22-hour battery life, and it comes with a charging dock that makes it easy to keep it fully charged when you’re not playing. The dock also acts as a wireless connection and the included 2.4GHz dongle makes it a solid option on PC. There's even Bluetooth support to add to its versatility, and it stands as a great and cost-effect wireless option for Switch 2. It’s often on sale for $50 and the quality you get in return makes it a really good value.

7. PowerA Enhanced Wireless

Best Budget Controller from Switch 1

I’ve kept around my PowerA Enhanced controller for my original Switch because it’s a simple and super lightweight gamepad that always seems to hold its charge over long periods. Even though the Gulikit KK3 Max is still my top dog, the simplicity and fantastic performance of PowerA’s wireless gamepad makes it an incredible value that’s often under $40 on sale.

Of course, it doesn’t carry some of the new Switch 2 features but it does have programmable back buttons that are simple to map with its onboard controls. It does nail the fundamentals, too, with smooth analog sticks, solid buttons, and a full comfortable grip for long sessions. It’s a no-frills controller, but if you do want a bit of extra flair, it comes in a variety of special editions tied to some of Nintendo’s biggest franchises.

Frequently Asked Questions – Switch 2 Controllers

Can I use my Switch 1 controller on Switch 2?

Yes, you can! As mentioned in many of the recommendations above, you’ll be missing out on a few Switch 2-exclusive features, however. Namely: the C button to quickly access GameChat and the 3.5mm audio jack to easily connect headphones or earbuds while playing. Several aftermarket Switch 1 controllers already came with programmable back buttons so you can still take advantage of them – the only thing is that you’ll have to map them through the controller’s onboard method rather than the Switch 2 menus like you would with the new Pro Controller’s GL and GR buttons. It’s worth mentioning that you also can’t turn on the Switch 2 with a Switch 1 controller, which some will find more inconvenient than others.

Should I be worried about stick drift?

If the controller doesn’t have Hall Effect or TMR analog sticks, it may be more susceptible to stick drift over time, which was an issue for some during the Switch 1 era (and PS5 users have experienced this on the DualSense as well). The parts of a traditional analog stick may wear out in a way that knocks them off its center, causing it to send errant inputs to the system even when idling. It’s impossible to tell if and when this might happen to your controller, unfortunately. The likes of Gulikit and 8BitDo use Hall Effect sticks, which are made with magnetic internals for less friction between parts and therefore less wear.

What if I want to stick with my Joy-Con? How can I make them better?

While I’m not a fan of the Joy-Con (or the new Joy-Con 2) on their own, there are ways you can make them better from an ergonomic perspective. Grip attachments from companies like DBrand and Genki give the Joy-Con a more robust handle to get them closer to a full-sized controller feel, and they work wonders for playing handheld. The packaged grip handle that comes with the Switch 2 is the simplest way to turn the Joy-Con into a manageable solution for playing docked. You can’t do anything to improve the analog sticks, of course, and while they’re fine for games that aren’t really about precision, their limited range of motion really holds them back in shooters or anything with camera controls.

Will there be more options for wireless Switch 2 controllers?

No doubt. We’re still in the early days of the new console and while there are plenty of cases, grip attachments, and portable chargers for the Switch 2 already, accessories that involve technical features like controllers and docks need more time to fully roll out. Third parties like PowerA and Hori already have wired solutions for now, but expect wireless versions from them and many of the other manufacturers that made Switch 1 controllers in the coming months.

  •  

Capcom Says Leon S. Kennedy Is a 'Bad Match for Horror' as Fan Speculation Swirls Around Whether He's Still Secretly Playable in Resident Evil Requiem

Capcom has said that Leon S. Kennedy is a "bad match for horror" amid ongoing speculation he is a yet-to-be-revealed second protagonist for Resident Evil Requiem.

In a fresh look at Requiem shown during the publisher's Capcom Spotlight 2025 broadcast, the floppy-haired fan-favorite was nowhere to be seen.

Still, his absence was made notable by the fact that Requiem director Koshi Nakanishi offered an umprompted explanation for why Leon, of all past Resident Evil protagonists, had not been picked as this particular game's star.

"The protagonist this time is an intelligence analyst for the FBI, Grace Ashcroft," said Nakanishi, explaining that the new character was a good fit for Requiem's renewed horror focus. "She's introverted and easily scared, which is a new type of character for the Resident Evil series."

"We wanted someone that experiences horror from the same perspective as the player," he continued. "She learns to overcome her fears throughout the course of the story, but she's also an analyst for the FBI who's trained with guns, and is able to act with calm deductive reasoning."

Capcom's first trailer for Requiem, aired earlier this month, introduced Ashcroft and the game's returning Raccoon City setting in a manner that only fuelled the flames of fan speculation that Leon would also feature in some capacity. Indeed, fans were quick to spot a number of clues they said pointed to Leon's presence — including his old truck, still parked outside the ruins of the Raccoon City Police Department.

Is the recent fan speculation around Leon's presence why Capcom has addressed his apparent absence now? Here's what Nakanishi said next, on the character's status in the game:

"We always thought about making Leon the protagonist," Nakanishi explained, "but making a horror game based around him is difficult. He wouldn't jump at a bucket falling. No one wants to see Leon scared by every little thing. So he's actually quite a bad match for horror."

Is this Capcom ruling Leon out of Requiem? Nakanishi seems clear that the combat-tested Leon would no longer work as the hero of a game focused around horror. But the publisher also stopped short of ruling the character out altogether.

Leon's status is clearly an important enough talking point that Capcom decided to include discussion of it in tonight's showing — which still showed only a fragment of the full game. With more than six months still to go, Capcom will of course have more up its sleeve to reveal. Could this all be some kind of ruse, and Leon still be a part of it?

Recent entries in the Resident Evil series have taken different approaches to balancing horror and action — some to better results than others — but it's worth remembering how popular the Leon-focused, action-heavy Resident Evil 4 remains among fans. Could Capcom still be holding back a look at Requiem's more action-heavy moments, where Leon would be a better fit? There's still plenty of time left for the publisher to tell.

Resident Evil Requiem will launch on February 27, 2026 across PC, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X and S.

Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

  •  

Amazon's Prime Day Bluetooth Controller Deal Is a Great Reason to Try Luna+ for Free

Amazon's Luna service has been around for a few years now, yet it still somehow flies under the radar despite boasting a robust catalog of games. With game streaming becoming more popular in 2025, it's a good time for people to start checking the service out. If you do plan to jump in and check out Amazon Luna game streaming, you'll want to grab the official Luna wireless controller. This is hands down the best way to play games on Amazon Luna as it provides a direct connection and has built-in Alexa integration. Amazon has the Luna controller on sale for $30 off the regular price as an early deal for Prime Day 2025, so hop on this great offer while it lasts.

You can also choose to bundle the controller with a one-month free trial of Luna+ with the offer we've highlighted further down below. So if you've been wanting to try out the Amazon game streaming service for yourself, you can now do so at no extra cost.

Early Prime Day Sale on the Luna Wireless Controller

The Luna Wireless controller is the perfect companion for playing games on its game streaming service, Amazon Luna. Similar to the defunct Google Stadia service, Amazon Luna allows you to purchase and stream games across a variety of devices including TV, streaming boxes and sticks, PC, Mac, and mobile devices.

What makes the Luna controller a must-have is that it connects directly to Amazon's servers over Cloud Direct (Wi-Fi, basically), reducing latency by up to 30 milliseconds when compared to a standard Bluetooth connection. This is ideal for first-person shooters and competitive titles where every second matters.

Since the controller connects directly to the game over the cloud, you can pause your game on one screen and move to another device seamlessly without skipping a beat. The Luna controller also features Alexa built-in, so you can ask Amazon's AI assistant to launch any game on the service for you hands-free.

Aside from the Luna streaming service, the Luna controller also works as a standard Bluetooth controller. So, you can connect it to PC, Mac, phones, tablets, and more, to play games locally.

What Is Amazon Luna+?

Luna+ is a video game subscription service that allows you to access a rotating library of more than 100 titles to stream on demand across a variety of devices. It's similar to something like Xbox Game Pass, but without the option to download games locally.

Since all you need to access Luna+ is Wi-Fi, you can pick up and play games instantly. Depending on your connection, games stream up to 1080p at 60fps. And, you don't need to purchase a separate device to play, since Luna+ is available on devices you already own like your mobile phone, tablet, PC, Mac, select smart TVs, and Amazon Fire TV devices.

If you haven't tried Luna+ yet, you can score a free month with the Luna controller as part of a limited-time bundle using the deal above. And, Amazon Prime or Luna+ subscribers can also enjoy up to 80% off select games as part of Amazon's Luna Summer Games Sale, which ends July 11.

Matthew Adler has written for IGN since 2019 covering all things gaming, tech, tabletop games, and more. You can follow him on the site formerly known as Twitter @MatthewAdler and watch him stream on Twitch.

  •  

Monster Hunter: Wilds' Next Update Adds the Long-Awaited Lagiacrus

The second free title update for Monster Hunter: Wilds is imminent, according to today's Capcom Spotlight stream. It's coming on June 30, which we already kind of new given that it leaked earlier this week.

The update brings two brand new hunts: Seregios, from Monster Hunter 4 Ultimate, and Lagiacrus. Lagiacrus is a long-desired returning monster from Monster Hunter Tri, and is known for its agility underwater and its rivalry with Rathalos. Though most of Lagiacrus' fight in Monster Hunter: Wilds won't take place underwater due to the player not really being able to fight while swimming, there will be some elements of the hunt that take place underwater, including some special interactions.

In addition to the new monsters, there will be a number of other new bits. With the update itself on June 30, new features such as layered weapons (finally), new photo mode settings, the ability to swap handlers, a new collaboration gesture that involves a Fender guitar, a new free gesture set, new paid cosmetic items, and various other rewards and equipment additions hit the game.

On July 23, there will be a seasonal event entitled Festival of Accord: Flamefete. It will run until August 6 and feature limited-time equipment and other perks. And then on July 30, a new Arch-tempered monster, Arch-temered Uth Duna, will appear, along with its own challenge quest and equipment rewards (that are, frankly, gorgeous).

We gave Monster Hunters Wilds an 8 when we reviewed it at launch, saying: "Monster Hunter Wilds continues to smooth off the rougher corners of the series in smart ways, making for some extremely fun fights but also lacking any real challenge."

Monster Hunter: Wilds' second free title update is completely free to anyone who already owns the game, and will drop in just four days, on June 30. You can catch up on everything else from the Capcom Spotlight today right here.

Rebekah Valentine is a senior reporter for IGN. You can find her posting on BlueSky @duckvalentine.bsky.social. Got a story tip? Send it to rvalentine@ign.com.

  •  

Brief Look at Resident Evil Requiem Gameplay Reveals First- and Third-Person Footage

Capcom has revealed our first look at Resident Evil Requiem gameplay in brief snippets shown during a livestream.

During the Capcom Spotlight event, Capcom showed a small portion of first-person gameplay, heavy on the horror and featuring new protagonist FBI Agent Grace Ashcroft. We see the character slowly move around creepy corridors with just a lighter for company. At one point, we see Ashcroft turn around to see a hulking humanoid creature close in on her from the shadows.

In another clip of first-person gameplay we see Ashcroft explore a grand hallway, this time holding a handgun (as an FBI agent Ashcroft is handy with guns). She's also able to "act with calm, deductive reasoning," and we see her inspect a toolbox in the classic Resident Evil up close style to demonstrate.

And finally, we get a very brief look at third-person Resident Evil Requiem gameplay where Ashcroft is, once again, exploring creepy corridors and poorly lit rooms. We see that horrible creature again, casually stomping in the shadows.

During the video, Capcom developers explain how the first-person perspective makes for "tense, realistic gameplay," whereas playing in third-person via the over-the-shoulder camera lets you see "more of the action." The third-person persepctive is "great for people who enjoy action-heavy gameplay," Capcom added.

Resident Evil Requiem lets players switch between first- and third-person through the Options menu at any point during the campaign. Check out IGN’s Resident Evil Requiem hands-on preview for more information.

Elsewhere, Capcom confirmed Resident Evil Requiem takes place 30 years after the missile strike on Raccoon City that occurs at the end of Resident Evil 3, which explains the enormous crater we saw in the announcement trailer. Indeed, the name "Requiem" was chosen because, as Capcom explains it: "This game is a requiem, a eulogy to those who came before."

There was no big Leon Kennedy reveal, as some fans had hoped for — and even expected. If the Resident Evil veteran is playable in the game, perhaps that reveal will come later. It's worth noting Capcom developers issued some interesting comments around Leon and Resident Evil Requiem in the video, which we go over here.

Resident Evil Requiem launches February 27, 2026, across PC, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X and S. For more, check out all the reveals from Capcom Spotlight 2025.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

  •  

You Can Configure a Dell Tower Plus GeForce RTX 5080 Prebuilt Gaming PC for Just $1,950

Dell is offering one of the best prices I've seen for a prebuilt gaming PC equipped with an Nvidia GeForce RTX 5080 graphics card. Right now you can pick up a Dell Inspiron Plus Tower RTX 5080 PC for just $1,949.99 with free delivery. This config is customizable, so you can upgrade to a better processor, more RAM, and more storage for an extra cost. In the current market, buying a prebuilt gaming PC is the only way to score an RTX 5080 GPU without paying an exorbitant markup. If you were to build your own computer, expect to spend upwards of $1,400 for a standalone 5080 GPU.

Dell Tower Plus RTX 5080 Gaming PC From $1950

The $1,950 configuration includes the new Intel Core Ultra 5 225 CPU, RTX 5080 GPU, 16GB of DDR5-5200MHz RAM, and a 512GB SSD. The Intel Core Ultra 5 is a fast, capable, and efficient chip with a max turbo frequency of 4.9GHz. It's only slightly slower in clock speed compared to the Core Ultra 7 or 9. It does have fewer cores, but for nearly all gaming scenarios, you won't notice any real-world performance. If you do end up upgrading the CPU, I'd recommend getting the Intel Core Ultra 7 265K for $200 because you will also automatically upgrade the "standard air cooling" to "advanced air cooling". That basically means you're getting a bigger tower heatsink fan with better cooling potential.

The GeForce RTX 5080 GPU will run any game in 4K

The RTX 5080 is the second best Blackwell graphics card, surpassed only by the $2,000 RTX 5090. It's about 5%-10% faster than the previous generation RTX 4080 Super, which is discontinued and no longer available. In games that support the new DLSS 4 with multi-frame generation exclusive to Blackwell cards, the gap widens.

Alienware Aurora RTX 5080 Gaming PC From $2,350

If you're looking specifically for a Dell Alienware model, right now you can also pick up an Alienware Aurora R16 RTX 5080 gaming PC for $2,349.99 shipped. Not only do you get a signature Alienware chassis with more fans and 240mm liquid AIO water cooling, you also get a Core Ultra 7 upgrade and double the SSD storage.

Check out more of the best Alienware deals

Check out our Best Alienware Deals article with all of Dell's currently ongoing deals on gaming laptops and desktop PCs. Not everyone is the DIY type. If you're in the market for a prebuilt gaming PC, Dell is one of the best brands we'd recommend. Alienware desktops and laptops feature solid build quality, top-of-the-line gaming performance, excellent cooling (further improved on the newer models), aggressive styling, and pricing that is very competitive with other pre-built options. Best of all, there are plenty of sales that happen throughout the year, so it's not difficult to grab one of these computers at considerably less than their retail price.

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn't hunting for deals for other people at work, he's hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

  •  

Capcom Spotlight June 2025: Everything Revealed

That’s a wrap on the June 2025 Capcom Spotlight! Today’s showcase brought 40 minutes of updates, with highlights that include details about why we haven’t seen Leon in Resident Evil Requiem, Monster Hunter Wilds Free Title Update 2, and so much more.

Today’s presentation mostly focused on four games: Pragmata, Street Fighter 6, Resident Evil Requiem, and Monster Hunter Wilds. However, that doesn’t mean Capcom didn’t make the most of its runtime, with each segment featuring plenty of new information about some of its biggest upcoming games. Some standout moments saw the show reveal new gameplay in a ruined Raccoon City, while others came with a smorgasbord of new content coming to games like Monster Hunter Wilds and Street Fighter 6.

If you missed today’s show, or if you’re just looking to refresh your memory, fear not: IGN has gathered all of the highlights for you right here. You can check out everything revealed at the June 2025 Capcom Spotlight below.

Kicking Off With a Pragmata Gameplay Deep Dive

Capcom kicked off today’s presentation with more Pragmata gameplay footage, revealing a closer look at how players will be able to utilize the powers of an android girl named Diana and a lunar investigator named Hugh Williams as they team up to fight off a variety of dangerous robots. Gameplay involves thinking on your feet by hacking and shooting enemies in an adventure set on a seemingly abandoned lunar research facility.

Pragmata launches for PC via Steam, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X | S in 2026. The public will be able to go hands-on with its puzzle-infused combat at gamescom 2025 this August.

Sagat Comes to Street Fighter 6 August 5

The latest post-launch Street Fighter 6 character addition is Sagat. Today’s Capcom Spotlight gave viewers a release date for the character, setting launch for August 5, 2025. We got a closer look at this updated take on the classic, eyepatch-wearing Street Fighter face with a special video.

Meanwhile, the Sagat Arrives Fighting Pass will be available starting July 4. It includes new Stickers, Avatar Gear, EX Colors, Challenger Screen illustrations, and more. Street Fighter 6 Year 3 kicks off with Sagat, but other fighters, such as C. Viper, Ingrid, and Alex, are still on the way, too.

Street Figher 6 Swimsuit Outfits Drop August 5

LOOKING at Jamie, Kimberly, and A.K.I.'s Outfit 4! 👀 pic.twitter.com/Jcl84LD87M

— Street Fighter (@StreetFighter) June 26, 2025

Another highlight from Street Figher 6's appearance at the June 2025 Capcom Spotlight included a sneak peak at the new line of Outfit 4 swimsuit updates set to drop in a little more than one month. Seven new looks were revealed, including summer swimwear for Cammy, Luke, Chun-Li, Manon, Jamie, Kimberly, and A.K.I.. You can see concept art for everyone in the images above.

Capcom Talks Resident Evil Requiem and (Kind of) Addresses the Leon-Shaped Elephant in the Room

A closer look at Resident Evil 9 means more details about protagonist, FBI Agent Grace Ashcroft, its gameplay, Raccoon City, and more. Although this was mostly an opportunity for the Capcom team to talk about some information that fans have already been made aware of, such as third- and first-person gameplay, the developers did touch on one hot topic: Leon S. Kennedy.

Unfortunately, it remains unclear if the legendary video game survivor will be playable at some point in Resident Evil Requiem, but the team did walk through why it's hard to make Leon the main character of a horror video game.

"We always thought about making Leon the protagonist, but making a horror game based around him is difficult," Director Koshi Nakanishi explained. "He wouldn't jump at something like a bucket falling. No one wants to see Leon scared by every little thing. So he's actually quite a bad match for horror."

Capcom has Big Plans for Monster Hunter Wilds

The latest entry in the Monster Hunter series, Monster Hunter Wilds, took up most of the Capcom Spotlight today, bringing news about future updates, a roadmap schedule, additional content, and so much more to the table. Highlights include a gameplay showing underwater fights with Lagiacrus, a treasure trove of quality-of-life updates, and even a collaboration with Fender guitars.

Monster Hunter Wilds fans can go hands-on with Free Title Update 2 when it launches Monday, June 30, adding in much of what was shown during today's presentation. The Festival of Accord: Flamefete seasonal event will then follow from July 23 through August 6, with Arch-tempered Uth Duna arriving from July 30 through August 20, and the Fender Event Quest available from August 27 through September 24.

Even more Monster Hunter Wilds content and gameplay adjustments are set to arrive in the future, too. Free Title Update 3, for example, is scheduled to launch in late September, adding a new Monster as well as another Festival of Accord seasonal event.

Kunitsu-Gami: Path of the Goddess Celebrates Its First Anniversary With Special Content for Fans

Capcom's action strategy game, Kunitsu-Gami: Path of the Goddess, is celebrating its first anniversary in July, so to celebrate, the publisher has a few goodies in the works for loyal fans. One way players can partake in the festivities involves a Mazo Talisman called Yashichi Waves, which alters the music with a nostalgic filter that gives it an 8-bit style. New and existing players will be able to use it starting with an update that's set to arrive next month.

Kunitsu-Gami: Path of the Goddess launched for PC, PS4, PS5, Xbox One, and Xbox Series X | S July 19, 2024. It was also made available on Nintendo Switch 2 when the new console launched June 5, 2025. Players on all platforms can see how they'll be able to use the new Mozo Talisman in the first anniversary trailer above.

Michael Cripe is a freelance contributor with IGN. He's best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

  •  

This LEGO Accessory Is a Necessity for the New Pixar Lamp Set

The LEGO Ideas Pixar Luxo Jr. set (#21357) came out in June, and it's one of the coolest builds we've done so far. It's a faithful recreation of the iconic hopping lamp animation we've all come to know and love over the years, and the colorful ball hides a handful of fun Pixar Easter eggs. Unfortunately, the light bulb in the set is just a regular old LEGO brick, and while it's a great model to have on the shelf, what if you could actually light it up?

BrickBling has done just that, and has three different versions of their third-party compatible light that replaces the actual brick bulb. They range in price from $19.98 to $26.98 depending on the style you get, and can apply an additional 15% off with a coupon.

LEGO Ideas Pixar Luxo Jr. LED Add-ons Available

The remote control version is what I would get for the LEGO lamp on my shelf. Being able to turn it on and off from afar is perfect on the fly (or if you're lazy, like me). It comes with the replacement bulb, instructions, the remote control, expansion board, a 50cm cable, and power supply. Then there's the light control version, which is pretty impressive - it's motion detected, so the clutter and wiring is minimal compared to other versions. If mine wasn't so out of the way, this is my second choice. Finally, there's the classic corded on/ off version, which functions like any other lamp.

The LEGO Ideas Pixar Luxo Jr. was released in early June and costs $69.99. At 613 pieces, it only took me around two hours to build in one sitting, and it features some unique and innovative build techniques like rubber bands for tension. There are plenty of other LEGO Disney sets out there, but only a handful of Pixar options that are worth your time.

Myles Obenza is a freelance writer for IGN. Follow him on Bluesky @mylesobenza.bsky.social.

  •  

M3GAN 2.0: Post-Credits Scene Check-In (No Spoilers)

Let's make this simple: You want to know if there are any post- or mid-credits scenes in M3GAN 2.0. The answer is no. M3GAN doesn’t need any silly credits scenes!

M3GAN 2.0 brings back everyone’s favorite AI-guided lethal robotic doll with attitude and dares to ask the question… is it possible she’s not so bad after all, despite those four people (and a dog!) she killed last time out?

Veering from campy horror to campy sci-fi/action, the sequel’s Terminator 2-esque storyline introduces a newer, even more deadly AI/robot threat in the form of Amelia (Ivanna Sakhno), a government weapon who goes rogue. Is it possible M3GAN (once more physically played by Amie Donald and voiced by Jenna Davis), tasked with battling Amelia, has turned over a new leaf and learned the error of her murderous ways?

Check back here tomorrow as we delve into a full spoiler breakdown of the new movie.

Does M3GAN 2.0 Have a Mid- or Post-Credit Scene?

As mentioned above, it does not. However, the main closing credits play alongside footage that is pulled from both of the M3GAN movies so far - a bit of an odd move to use in a series so early on, since this type of thing is usually reserved for a franchise finale, as we look back at everything that occurred along the way for our characters on their journey. But there’s no way Universal and Blumhouse are going to end M3GAN after just two movies if this one is a success. All of which makes the semi-farewell vibe of this footage a somewhat odd choice, even if it’s still fun to look back at the good times we’ve had with M3GAN so far.

Be sure to come back to this page on Friday for all the spoilery details on the new M3GAN sequel!

  •  

We Build the LEGO Ideas Pixar Luxo Jr., an Adorable Set with Lots of Tiny Easter Eggs

Before putting together the LEGO Ideas Pixar Luxo Jr. set, I threw Toy Story on the TV in the background and got to work. I finished the set in one sitting, which took me roughly two hours and lined up nicely with my movie selection. During the build, I was delighted to find (similar to the LEGO Nintendo NES and other pop culture-inspired sets) the Pixar lamp has a handful of tiny Easter Eggs that reference Pixar movies hidden throughout the process.

LEGO Ideas Disney Pixar Luxo Jr.

There are small references to classic Pixar films like Toy Story, Finding Nemo, Ratatouille, The Incredibles, and Up, to name a few. My favorite Eater Egg is a tiny buildable Pizza Planet truck that made its first appearance in Toy Story, and can be seen in most other Pixar films.

Despite its size and relatively low brick count (the entire set is made up of only 613 pieces), the Luxo, Jr. build was actually pretty intricate. The structure is an impressive combination of traditional brick connectivity and LEGO Technic design. There are even some rubber bands to give the lamp neck tension. This isn't the first time LEGO has used non-LEGO bricks as part of their builds, but it's fascinating to me every time a set uses something like this.

The LEGO Ideas product line is a collection of sets from amateur designers that LEGO fans vote on to become official sets available in stores. The Pixar Luxo Jr. is one of these, and I can see why it made it through. The build itself was super fun to put together – creating a real round ball out of LEGO bricks took some clever engineering – and the finished product is a pretty faithful recreation of what we see in the movies. Inside the ball is where a good portion of the Pixar Easter Eggs are; the internal structure uses bricks that represent the colors of iconic characters like Carl from Up or Mike and Sully from Monsters, Inc.

The base of the lamp has some fun Easter Eggs as well, like bricks that are the same color as Marlin and Dory from Finding Nemo and the a group of stacked studs to represent the Incredibles. The entire lamp was also my favorite part of the build, and took the majority of the time to assemble. LEGO designed this extremely well, as it's a faithful almost one-to-one recreation of the lamp we've seen over the decades during the Pixar logo screen before each of the studio's movies.

The LEGO version is very bottom heavy and the base is super sturdy, making it easy to pose it however you want. It also has a bit of modularity; you can remove the top and bottom of the ball to have the lamp stand on it.

Overall, the LEGO Luxo Jr. set is great for Disney / Pixar fans of all ages. Sure, the box says 18+, making one of the many LEGO sets for adults, but if I got this when I was a kid, I would have been over the moon. It would make a great addition to your game room's book shelf or in your child's bedroom. You can also buy a third-party light attachment to actually turn it on. At only 613 pieces and a 94-page instruction manual, it's the perfect date night set with your favorite Pixar movie on in the background.

Set #21357 was released earlier this month and will run you $69.99. It's available at Amazon and the LEGO Store.

Myles Obenza is a freelance writer for IGN. Follow him on Bluesky @mylesobenza.bsky.social.

  •  

Steelcase Gesture Review

The Steelcase Gesture was introduced more than a decade ago, and it remains a popular office chair offering capabilities that plenty of competitors are still chasing. Now that there’s also a model fitted with a headrest, this office chair is only more competent as a competitor against gaming chairs as well. Though it’s expensive, with a $1455 price tag for the task chair version and $1707 to get the headrest (though Amazon often has these on sale), the quality of the seat may just be worth it compared to constantly upgrading your chair in search of something more comfortable.

Steelcase Gesture – Design and Features

The Steelcase Gesture has the look of a polished but almost ordinary office chair. It features swooping metal braces in the back, connecting the base with the rather tame plastic back of the backrest.

The seat cushion, backrest, and headrest are all wrapped in color-matched upholstery, which stretches over the backrest to cover a portion of the back as well. The headrest version of the chair cuts into the top of the backrest to slot in the adjustable headrest. The whole seat slots into a typical star base made of sturdy metal and propped up on caster wheels. Little about the chair raises durability concerns, but Steelcase’s 12-year warranty allays any such concerns anyway.

A key aspect of the Gesture is its broad adjustability. The seat has a wide range of height adjustment. It can extend forward for taller users or retract for shorter users. It has a wide seat base to accommodate a broader audience and different sitting styles (tucked leg, anyone?). A small lumbar support can shift up and down in the seatback simply by reaching behind you and pulling two small tabs on either side of the seatback. The backrest reclines deeply – not as far as many gaming chairs, but plenty to relax – and offers multiple stopping points for when you want to limit its range as well as quickly adjustable tension. The backrest itself has just enough pliability to let you stretch and move your back while in the chair. The headrest is fairly broad, and has three adjustment points, letting it shift to a ton of different positions.

And I haven’t even started on the armrests. These are what the 3D and 4D armrests of gaming chairs dream of being. They have a subtle padding for comfort, and can rotate, shift front to back, swing in or out, and move up or down. This lets you have them almost entirely out of the way or shifted up to almost anywhere you might want them.

What all of this flexibility allows is a comfortable and/or ergonomic sitting position that can meet your needs. I find it very easy to shift things around to get comfy whether I want to sit bolt upright or get a little lean back in the chair. The armrests adjust easily, with only their height adjustment requiring any buttons, and those are conveniently placed on their outside edge.

Steelcase Gesture – Assembly

If you love LEGO, you’re going to hate the Gesture. This chair ships fully assembled. It’s a bit of a task to get it out of the box and remove some of the packaging. But once you manage that, you’re ready to sit back and relax, no more work required.

Steelcase Gesture – Performance

The Steelcase Gesture is a joy to sit in. I’ve found few chairs so readily comfortable, with many taking a bit more work to dial in just how you want it positioned. This one is quick to comfort, and I’ve found it very easy to arrange in an ergonomic position for both work and gaming alike.

The armrests are a dream for ergonomics. I can pull the armrests in close and point them both toward my keyboard for long typing sessions, spread them wide and point them straight for keyboard-and-mouse gaming, or drop them close to my lap for controller gaming. The cushioning isn’t much, but it helps avoid major discomfort.

The seat cushion is far better. It doesn’t have any of those steel bolsters to press into my thighs and slowly wear away at my comfort. Instead, it’s big and largely flat, providing adequate support even for me at about 240 pounds. It’s a close match for the Humanscale Freedom, which is one of the most comfortable seats for an office chair I’ve ever felt.

The backrest supports good, upright posture. I find it hugs my back evenly, not putting too much pressure into any one spot. Meanwhile the recline can let me flop back with ease or give me plenty of resistance so I only lean back as far as I mean to. Here again, it’s a worthy rival to the Humanscale Freedom

The flexibility of the headrest takes things up a notch. It lets me push it completely out of the way if I don’t want it. I can drop it into position to support my head or both my neck and head. And it can lean forward to help me keep facing forward even when I’m reclining deeply. I found adjustability here a good deal better than the Humanscale Freedom’s headrest, which moves largely on its own depending on how you recline.

The upholstered fabric isn’t the best for hot weather, as it doesn’t breathe too well. But padding here is more supportive than any mesh chairs I’ve encountered, and the fabric is still competitive with pleather.

All told, I’ve been plenty comfortable spending long days working and gaming in the Steelcase Gesture. In the long term, I’d opt for aftermarket cushions for the armrests. Beyond that, there’s little I could think to change.

  •  

The Travel-Friendly Baseus Wall Charger Has a Built-in USB Cable So You Don't Have to Bring One Along

Baseus recently released a new line of Enercore wall chargers that are designed to be the ultimate travel friendly accessory while providing more than enough power out for all of your portable electronics. Currently the 67W model is on sale for just $39.99 and the 45W model is $29.99. The most unique feature of this charger is the built-in retractable USB-C cable, which saves you from bringing along yet another travel accessory.

Baseus Enercore Wall Chargers with Built-In Cable

The Baseus Enercore wall charger features a handy 32-inch USB Type-C cable that retracts neatly inside the unit when it isn't being used. The plug sits in a recessed nook so that it won't get snagged. The prong is also foldable to prevent premature breakage. There are two additional USB Type-C ports for charging multiple devices simultaneously.

The 45W output is enough to fast charge a Nintendo Switch (or Switch 2) or Steam Deck. It can also fast charge an iPhone 16, which maxes out at 30W. The 65W output can fast charge the Asus ROG Ally, The newer Legion Go and ROG Ally X support up to 100W of charging, so the 67W model would be the better choice.

Looking for a power bank for extended battery life? Check out our favorite portable power banks.

Should You Shop Now or Wait for Prime Day?

It's a more complicated question then you might think. For now, I'd say this power bank deal is a good deal and similar to what we'll see for 2025 Prime Day sales at Amazon, and worth snapping up while it's still on sale.

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn't hunting for deals for other people at work, he's hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

  •  

The Mini-Sized Cooler Master NR2 Prebuilt Gaming PC Is Equipped With the Latest 4K-Ready Graphics Cards

Ahead of Amazon Prime Day, Amazon is offering limited time discounts on Cooler Master NR2 ITX gaming PCs, now equipped with your choice of two powerful GPUs: the Nvidia GeForce RTX 5080 or AMD Radeon RX 9070 XT. The NR2 Pro is housed in the popular and highly rated Cooler Master NR200P Max mini ITX case. Despite its compact 18L size, this prebuilt machine is equipped with a well-ventilated airflow design and 280mm all-in-one liquid cooling that can run powerful hardware without throttling. Unsurprisingly there's a price premium for this sort of boutique setup, but these current deals are actually pretty price competitive. They ship out quickly with short lead times.

Cooler Master Mini ITX Gaming PCs on Sale

The Radeon RX 9070 XT Received a 10/10 at IGN

We rated the AMD Radeon RX 9070 XT a "perfect" 10/10. Even though it costs $150 less than the Nvidia GeForce RTX 5070 Ti, the 9070 XT beats it out in several of the games we tested. In a few benchmarks, the results aren't even close. The 9070 XT also has 16GB of VRAM, the same as the 9070 and 5070 Ti.

The GeForce RTX 5080 GPU will run any game in 4K

The RTX 5080 is the second best Blackwell graphics card, surpassed only by the $2,000 RTX 5090. It's about 5%-10% faster than the previous generation RTX 4080 Super, which is discontinued and no longer available. In games that support the new DLSS 4 with multi-frame generation exclusive to Blackwell cards, the gap widens.

The NR2 Pro is built off the NR200P Max chassis

The NR200P Max chassis is an upgraded version of the popular NR200/P, which we've currently chosen as the best ITX computer case of 2025. The NR200P MAX adds on a 280mm all-in-one liquid cooling system with custom length water cooling tubes and two pre-installed 140mm fans. You also get a preinstalled 850W 80PLUS Gold SFX power supply, again with custom length cables. The side panel has ventilation holes so that the vertical-mounted GPU has plenty of air to breathe. A tempered glass panel is also included, but I wouldn't recommend using it when you're playing games.

I actually built my own computer rig closely mirroring this setup (with the same case) and ran it successfully for a number of years. My gaming PC produced even more heat (i7/4090 combo) and ran without any hiccups. I also use a 4K monitor so I tax my system pretty heavily. I've built many ITX computers in the past and if I were to build another ITX PC that required some serious cooling, I wouldn't hesitate to pick up another one.

Size isn't a factor? Check out the best full-sized prebuilt gaming PCs of 2025.

  •  

PowerA Advantage Switch 2 Controller Review

PowerA has been a leader in making high-quality budget-level controllers for the original Switch and seeks to do the same for Switch 2 starting with its Advantage series of wired controllers. But with a price hike compared to its last-gen offering and a few confusing design decisions, this officially licensed Pro Controller alternative isn’t the surefire option PowerA may have delivered on the original Switch. Despite some setbacks, it’s still a great controller for the price with nearly every feature you’d need from the first-party Switch 2 Pro Controller in cheaper and wired form.

The Advantage lineup, which comes in three different colorways (two Mario-themed, one plain black), has been able to keep a low price point since the first Switch by ditching some of the first-party Pro Controller’s more premium features: the Advantage doesn’t support gyro or motion controls, it can’t read Amiibo, it doesn’t have HD rumble, and it has to maintain a wired connection at all times. Otherwise, it’s functionally very similar to wireless controllers. Of course, if you’re looking for a wired controller, especially one that has those missing features, you should look elsewhere.

Despite these caveats, the Advantage series is still incredibly solid. Shipping with a 10-foot USB cable, it functionally mimics wirelessness without the added cost. Nearly every situation I’ve played my Switch 2 in has kept me within 10 feet of my docked console, so I’ve had no issues using this pack-in wire. You may need to get creative depending on your home setup, and nobody likes to have a big cord in the way (especially if you have a pet), but it’s as responsive as you could possibly to rival the average use case of a wireless controller.

The [PowerA] Advantage is a solid Switch 2 controller for anyone looking for an affordable option.

In your hands, it’s a lot lighter than Nintendo’s first-party offerings. Clocking in at just under 150 grams, it’s about 100 grams lighter than the original Switch Pro Controller and around 90 grams lighter than the Switch 2 Pro Controller. While some may appreciate the lightweight design, this leaves a slightly cheap feeling, and is definitely the clearest indicator that this is a budget option. Otherwise, it feels pretty good to hold with comfortable, full-sized textured grips.

The face buttons, though a bit small and low-profile, are nice and clicky. The shoulder and trigger buttons are much more comfortable to actuate, and press in with a tactile click as well; they actually feel pretty close to that of the official Pro Controller. The same principles apply to the programmable back buttons, though they are a little stiffer than I’d like. Overall, I do wish these buttons had a little more profile to them as I tend to press a little too hard when playing games like Fast Fusion and Mario Kart World, so lower-profile buttons tend to cause hand cramping in longer play sessions.

The highlights of the PowerA Advantage are the directional pad and analog sticks, which are phenomenal. My biggest issue with Nintendo’s official offerings is the somewhat finicky d-pad – it’s a little absurd that Nintendo (which invented the d-pad), has kind of lost the plot. It’s not unusable (nor as offensive as the GameCube’s), but you’ll wind up with far too many errant inputs on the previous first-party Pro Controller. The Advantage controller, on the other hand, has a responsive d-pad that feels right when playing games that rely on it. While it’s not quite on par with the Xbox Series controller’s d-pad, it’s comfortable and reliable – and you won’t accidentally force drop as many pieces in Tetris 99.

Unlike the buttons (and d-pad), the Advantage’s low-resistance Hall Effect sticks have a surprisingly long throw. Sitting at a noticeably higher profile than those found on the standard-issue Pro Controller, these buttery-smooth sticks are the Advantage’s best brag. I definitely prefer these sticks for any game that focuses on two-stick controls like shooters and 3D adventure games, especially compared to the Joy-Con sticks.

Looking for a Switch 2 case?

Check out our roundup of the essential Switch 2 accessories!

The only real issue with PowerA’s controller is its horrendous button placement for the Plus, Minus, screenshot, GameChat, and Home buttons. They’re all lined up in a row in the middle of the controller underneath the d-pad and right stick, and since each button is the same size and have no tactile difference, they’re hard to distinguish. Nearly every other version of Switch and Switch 2 aftermarket controllers have standardized placement and feel and this design decision is head-scratching. I still haven’t gotten used to this layout, often hitting the Home button when trying to hit Plus and vice versa. Even PowerA’s own controllers have never used this layout, so it’s especially baffling to see here.

The Advantage controller is one of the early third-party Switch 2 controllers to boast a 3.5mm audio jack, which also allows you to use the full suite of GameChat features. But unlike the official Switch 2 Pro Controller, the Advantage controller has a few different onboard audio settings, allowing you to tailor your experience to the device you’re using. These three modes (Standard, Bass Boost, Immersive) don’t offer much variance, but it’s nice to see this kind of option for headphone users with different setups.

  •  

Apex Legends: The Board Game Review

Bottling the kinetic energy of a first person shooter video game and successfully transferring it to the tabletop is a herculean task. Publisher Glass Cannon Unplugged is up to the challenge, presenting Apex Legends: The Board Game in the form of an overstuffed box that spills cardboard and plastic onto the table like a body lit up by a VK-47 Flatline. This analog translation defies the odds, legitimately capturing some of the visceral action of its namesake with unique and clever design work.

Apex Legends the video game is a hero shooter battle royale. It has a full lineup of protagonists with their own suite of abilities and playstyles. This identity is likewise the heart of the board game adaptation, forming the basis for its team-based skirmish action. Characters such as Bangalore, Mirage, and Bloodhound all make an appearance, with each of their roles expertly captured and adapted to the turn-based setting. Everything is powerful and awe inspiring, and it feels extraordinarily faithful to the property.

The standard format is either two-versus-two, or three-versus-three, with each player fielding a single character. While there are a bevy of miniatures skirmish games on the market, including popular titles such as Kill Team, Infinity, and Star Wars: Shatterpoint, none offer this particular style of team-based small-unit approach. Distinctly, this is not a game of armies or squads – it’s one of personalities and legends. The result is an altogether different tone, one charged with dynamic abilities that form the centerpiece of a violent gunfight on a fully rendered board.

The board is quite the looker. Verticality is a core tenet of gameplay, as players are able to scale and fight from 3D cardstock buildings. Other elements pop off the map, including cardboard trees and boulders, loot containers, and even fully operational ziplines. The environment is active and responsive. It feels every bit a playground, albeit one with shrapnel and taunts whizzing by your dome.

This dedication to elevation fuels the aggressive FPS-style play, but it also is the root of Apex Legends: The Board Game’s primary challenge. I’ve mentioned the game’s bloated componentry, which contributes to a lengthy setup time, but all of these options and details add up to a relatively complex system. The central turn-to-turn action sequence is surprisingly simple and direct. One team activates all of their characters with each committing to two actions.

This board game defies the odds, capturing the visceral action of its namesake with unique and clever design work.

But that streamlined activity fragments into many intricate pieces. Line of sight is a strong example. Measuring from center square to center square and assessing any blockages is standard for this style of game. But when you consider elevation, all of a sudden there are three pages of lengthy examples displaying potential situations. Thankfully, the rulebook's diagrams do a good job of illustrating what you need to consider, but the downside is that line of sight can be difficult to assess on the fly and it can slow down the pace of play.

It's also tough to remember the difference between some of the keywords, such as "adjacent" versus "neighboring." Terrain items and cards use a similar library of tags that must be referenced. There are specific timing windows for reactions and a sub-system for handling abilities and cooldowns. None of these are overly burdensome on their own, but taken together they can become tricky to navigate. It’s important to understand that this is not a board game for beginners. Instead of going for wide appeal with a similar approach to Mass Effect: The Board Game, Apex Legends aims to satisfy hobbyist gamers familiar with sophisticated systems. If a 40-page rulebook scares you, then you’re not going to hack it on this battlefield.

The most interesting element of Apex Legends: The Board Game is also the most convoluted. Instead of a sophisticated physics engine handling the shooting mechanism, this game opts to zoom in on the firefight and simulate multiple factors, including recoil, stability, and rate of fire. Most games opt for a handful of dice and some quick arithmetic, but Apex Legends uses a sideboard and a dedicated set of cards to resolve gunshots.

It’s actually a pretty stellar system. Different guns have various rates of fire. They list a number of cards that are drawn from the shooting deck and placed alongside a track. Each card is placed in a slot representing an individual shot. Cards drawn later in the sequence have more recoil affecting their ballistics, which results in an escalation of penalties. The penalty is applied to the strength of the randomly drawn card, and then compared to the necessary hit value on the weapon.

That’s the quick and dirty explanation. In reality, it’s more nuanced as each drawn card also has a possible icon which can inflict headshots, bonus hits, or cause an automatic miss if the target is behind cover. Weapons that hit exceedingly hard with slower rates of fire – such as a shotgun or sniper rifle – may draw multiple cards to a single shot slot, thus avoiding the recoil penalties the system tries to emulate.

This can be a wonky process to resolve – it’s certainly slow going with new players. Until you get used to it, this is another part of the game that stunts the tempo of action. Obviously this is a cost of modeling the video game with a high level of detail, but it can be an outright turnoff as it highlights the shortcomings of board games and their inability to obfuscate and resolve math.

But this level of detail isn't all bad. What you sacrifice in momentum, you gain in realism. This system acutely captures the unique qualities of various firearms. Sub-machine guns spray several weak shots. Battle rifles fire tighter groupings and hit with power. Light machine guns spray all over the place but can level a building. Weapon attachments are mixed in with the loot, allowing you to alter a firearm’s properties mid-game. This includes optics, barrels, magazines, and stocks. It’s exceedingly cool and really juices up the impact of scavenging for supplies in the battle royale mode.

The end result is a weapon system that actually boasts gunplay. No other board or miniatures game I've played has so meticulously modeled this key feature of first person shooters. It’s a fantastic accomplishment and absolutely the standout feature.

Beyond this wonderful feat, Apex Legends: The Board Game offers several other killer features. Characters are expertly modeled. They have asymmetric tactical abilities and ultimates that affect the battlefield in various ways. You can pop smoke, call in airstrikes, and deploy drones. Each character is also paired with a unique deck of cards that can be played to tweak actions and react to opponents’ maneuvers. This creates a nifty fog of war, although again, at the cost of possibly slowing down the pace of play.

Another crowd pleaser is the variety of modes on offer. The battle royale option is the key offering, including a distillation of the final moments of the video game’s finale. This includes a barrier that closes on the battlefield, forcing combatants into tighter and tighter area. But there are also deathmatch, VIP, and capture the flag options. Each of these is fully realized and not at all an afterthought.

For those sickos who can’t get enough, this game also will be arriving with expansion products for additional characters as well as a new board and environment. Most notably, there is a sophisticated solitaire / co-op addition that adds AI behavior trees to each of the core game’s protagonists. This mode works fairly well, producing mostly logical enemy actions that sometimes surprise and dazzle. Again, much like the rich base game ruleset, it can be a sluggish pace to familiarize yourself with this additional layer of rules, but it certainly settles down once you’ve become comfortable.

As a first-person shooter airdropping to your tabletop, Apex Legends: The Board Game is a solid effort and certainly a success. There are challenges involved and the tempo can really drag as players learn the systems and assess the wide swath of options on their turn. Once familiarity sets in and the game starts collapsing towards that 60-90 minute estimated playtime, the bliss of gunplay coupled with dynamic action and a multi-faceted loot system truly shine.

Where to Buy

  •  

The Steam Summer Sale Is Officially Live With New PC Gaming Deals for 2025

One of the best days of the year is finally here: the Steam Summer Sale has arrived at last. If you're unfamiliar, the Steam Summer Sale is one of the two biggest sales available on the platform annually, with the other occurring around the holiday season in December. You can expect to save big on PC games both new and old, which makes the sale a perfect time to buy games in bulk.

This year's Steam Summer sale is set to run through July 10. Some of the top-reviewed games of 2025 are included as part of this sale, in addition to newer PC ports from publishers like Square Enix or PlayStation. We've sorted through the sale and picked out some of the best deals you can find this year. Don't miss your chance to save as much cash as possible on these PC games.

Steam Summer Sale - The Best Deals Today

One of the best deals I recommend checking out is Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for $41.99. With the main story and side content combined, there is easily over 100 hours of content in this RPG. This game just made its way to PC in late January, and it's one of the best RPGs to release in the last five years. If you haven't yet played Final Fantasy VII Remake, you can grab both games together in the Twin Pack for $59.99.

Additionally, you can save $10 off The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion Remastered. While this just released in April by surprise, you can already save 20% off and dive hundreds of hours deep into this iconic Bethesda RPG. Bethesda also has a solid deal on Indiana Jones and the Great Circle, and now is the best time to jump in and prepare for The Order of Giants DLC.

You can also save on three major 2025 indie games: R.E.P.O., Schedule I, and Blue Prince. The latter sits as one of the highest rated games of the year, offering a unique house of puzzles to solve. Schedule 1 puts you in the shoes of a drug dealer, and the game is still one of the most played Steam games of 2025. Finally, R.E.P.O. is a wonderful time with friends that is sure to cause both laughs and headaches. All of these smaller games are generally great to stream to your phone if you want a more mobile experience.

If you're looking for deep discounts, I recommend Crash Bandicoot N. Sane Trilogy, Marvel's Guardians of the Galaxy, and Star Wars Battlefront II. Each of these games is 90% off, and you can pick all three for a grand total of $14. Star Wars Battlefront II is an especially good deal, as there has been a major resurgence in online players as of late.

One of the smaller discounts available is for Clair Obscur: Expedition 33. While you'll only save $5 during the Steam Summer Sale, this is the lowest we've seen this game yet. If you've been on the fence about picking this one up, it's not likely to dip much further until late this year, especially since it is one of the highest-rated games of the year.

Amazon Prime Day Arrives at the End of the Steam Sale

While the Steam Summer Sale is ongoing right now, Amazon Prime Day is set to kick off on July 8. This year, Amazon has doubled the length on the sale, making it the longest Prime Day to date. Though PC games are not usually a focus of Prime Day, you can expect to have the opportunity to score a few deals on PC hardware, monitors, accessories, and more. If you're looking to either enter the PC market for the first time or upgrade your existing setup, keep your eye on Prime Day. This is also when more of the console games will likely go on sale.

Amazon is also currently offering free PC games as part of an early Prime Day promotion. So if you are a Prime member already, it's worth diving into that and picking up some freebies before they're gone.

Noah Hunter is a freelance writer and reviewer with a passion for games and technology. He co-founded Final Weapon, an outlet focused on nonsense-free Japanese gaming (in 2019) and has contributed to various publishers writing about the medium.

  •  

Amazon's Free Audible Deal Is Perfect If You're Into Non-Fiction Reads This Summer

Audible is Amazon’s way of piping books directly into your ears, and honestly, it’s a pretty great deal.

While you can buy titles one by one, the real value is in the Premium Plus trial, currently running for three months at just $0.99 per month, or completely free for Prime members as part of Amazon’s early Prime Day promos (this offer also applies in the UK).

You’ll get one credit each month to grab a standout audiobook you can enjoy while doing chores, commuting, or zoning out on a long-haul flight.

You’re only getting three free credits with your Audible trial, and whatever you pick is yours to keep. To help narrow it down, I've pulled together five non-fiction audiobooks that should land well with gamers and anyone into digital culture.

Disrupting the Game - Reggie Fils-Aime

Reggie Fils-Aime is an iconic part of gaming history, and his self-narrated audiobook includes leadership lessons and insight from a fascinating time in Nintendo’s history.

The focus is more on the leadership side, but Reggie’s inimitable personality shines through. As the man himself famously said, he’s about kicking ass. Having Reggie narrate the audiobook himself especially elevates the whole experience, making this as the best way to read Disrupting the Game.

Itchy, Tasty - Resident Evil

One of the most iconic video game franchises of all time, Resident Evil is the subject of this retrospective that’s unofficial but features interviews with key Capcom alumni. The book only covers releases from 1996 to 2006, meaning it culminates in Resi 4, but it’s still a fantastic look at how important the survival horror series was for Capcom.

2025's Non-Fiction Best Sellers

We're half way through the list, so it's honorable mentions time. Amazon's best seller list for Non-Fiction is chock-full of other great options when choosing your next audiobook. Not all of these are from 2025, but they're certainly still as popular as ever!

While I've not listened to these specifically, I've heard a whole lot of good about each and every one. Thus, the honorable mention, and not full on recommendation.

But... Careless People sounds like a particularly briliant read, putting a microscope to the deeply rotten Facebook/Meta, and "the decisions that have shaped world events in recent decades." Count me in.

Play Nice: The Rise, Fall, and Future of Blizzard Entertainment

Here's my first Jason Schreier entry, and this one is solely focused on Blizzard Entertainment. It’s a deep dive into the famous studio’s earliest years, offering plenty of interview quotes from former Blizzard staff and insight into the formation of all of the studio’s biggest hits.

It covers World of Warcraft, its impact on the industry and Blizzard as a whole, and plenty of new information about cancelled projects, too.

The Ultimate History of Video Games - Vol. 1 + 2

A book loved by fans and industry vets alike, The Ultimate History of Video Games, Volume 1 captures decades of gaming history from the arrival of the arcade, to Nintendo’s first steps into the industry, and much more.

The sequel is out now, too, meaning you’ve got plenty to catch up on.

Press Reset - Ruin and Recovery in the Video Game Industry

Another one from Bloomberg’s Jason Schreier, and Press Reset does a great job of reminding us about the people behind the games we love, and includes sections about huge titles like Bioshock Infinite, Dead Space, and more.

It’s unflinching, and not always an easy read (or listen), but it’s a very, very important one nonetheless.

But IGN, I'm Not Eligible for the Free Audible Deal!

Look, there's always a small your-mileage-may-vary disclaimer with these types of Prime Day promotions, but fortunately it's easy to check if you qualify: log into your account, and if you see the $0.99/mo / free banner right on Amazon's Audible page, then you're eligible for this promotion.

Not seeing the offer? Hard luck, but I come bearing additional resources to ensure you can still get free access to audiobooks. This is for everyone, to be fair, as that Audible access does have an expiration date (three months, if you weren't paying attention up till now).

Libby and Borrow Box. Use them. Join your local libary and get a membership number, throw in into either of these apps and sign up to waiting lists for your next read. Top tip? Have a browse to see if you can find any other local libaries that accept membership digitally, and without proof of address. That way you can look at inventory elsewhere as well.

Is Audible Worth It?

If you do find yourself looking to enjoy more audiobooks, there are two membership options for Audible. Standard lets you pick one audiobook as long as you’re a member, while Premium Plus let’s you do the same except you can keep it. The latter also includes access to the Plus library, accessible as much as you’d like.

Premium Plus is Audible's highest tier plan and normally costs $14.95/mo, so scoring it for free right now is a proper Prime Day deal, Prime membership requirement and all. It's a good option for those without Prime as well, of course.

You can access Audible pretty much anywhere. To start, you can download the app on your mobile device or tablet via the iOS, Android, and Google stores. You can also access Audible through a Kindle device if you have one.

Plus, if you wanna just read books, Kindle Unlimited is also free for three months right now as well. Don't say I never do anything for you!

Lloyd Coombes is Gaming Editor @ Daily Star. He's a big fan of Magic: The Gathering and other collectible card games, much to his wife's dismay. He's also a tech, gaming, and fitness freelancer seen at Polygon, Eurogamer, Macworld, TechRadar, Tom’s Guide, IGN, and more.

This article contains contributions from Robert Anderson.

  •  

The Future of Queer Characters in Cinema (And Who the Real Villains Are)

When it comes to queer representation in movies just having a token character isn't enough. In 2025 we may thankfully be past the queer characters always being the scary monsters purely because of their otherness, but we still need to see more complicated roles for the LGBTQIA+ individuals we see on screens. Whether funny, feral or straight f***ed up, more multifaceted characters are a win for stories and the community. We spoke to some stars of the horror genre about why it’s an important issue for the entertainment industry. In case you missed IGN Live, we had a blast in LA earlier this month hosting a two-day fan-based extravaganza with tons of interviews, watch parties, giveaways, and exclusives. (Catch the highlights here.) As the event happened in June, which is also Pride Month, one of our special segments near and dear to my heart was our Pride Panel: Queer Horror Corner, hosted by IGN’s Amelia Emberwing.

To help elevate queer voices in our industry, we invited special guests Michael Varrati (horror filmmaker) and Nicole Maines (actress, Supergirl and Yellowjackets) to join us on stage and talk all about queer cinema; from the troubled past of queer character representation to the hopes and dreams they have for the future. During the panel, we also sprinkled in some surprises, including an indie horror trailer and never-before-seen interview clips with up-and-coming queer creator, Lovell Holder (The Surrender, Lavender Men). If you plan to watch our panel (you should!) or read the highlights below, you can expect everything from hard truths queer people have faced in the industry to many light-hearted moments (what character would you rewrite as queer?) and even some laughs.

Queer Representation Needs More Nuance

During our panel, Nicole Maines made a great point that stuck with me right off the bat: We just need to approach queer characters as real people. We’re past the portrayal of trans characters in movies being painted as only villains and monsters. And, queer voices deserve to be heard without it defining the character’s role; it can just be a small part, and that’s refreshing. Speaking on the panel, she said she wants to see, “Queer characters who are f***-ups and are sometimes the bad guy and have problematic tendencies. It shows how we are multifaceted people. We have flaws, and things that make us awesome. We are human. To be flawed is to be human.”

Maines talked about her role as Dreamer in the TV series, Supergirl, who is a trans character. “One of the things I loved about Dreamer (Nia) is that (being trans) was not the end-all, be-all of her character. That was not the most important thing that was going on in her day. She was a narcoleptic girl failure who could just not seem to figure out the scope of her powers. And that's interesting and that's something that we don't get to see a lot with trans characters.”

We’re moving into a place where someone’s sexuality doesn’t need to define a character, nor does it need to be made known on screen. For example, when asked about Lisa’s character in Yellowjackets being trans or not, Maines confirmed, “We don’t actually even know if Lisa is a trans character or not. I think it’s fun to leave it up to the audience.”

Varrati adds to this point, saying, “Everyone is talking about queer joy, but guess what? I’m also queer pissed. I’m also queer sad…If that’s not being represented, then we're not representing ourselves accurately. We gotta just tell the truth now. We want and deserve nuance.”

I agree that it’s not a time to sugar-coat what it’s like to be queer in 2025. It’s not easy out there, and that’s the truth. There isn’t a gay agenda here; there’s just a need to be seen and included.

Who are the real monsters here?

In my opinion, the real monsters in cinema are the people behind the scenes who don’t value diversity in industry representation and are just seeking profit over creativity. There are still people who will challenge or try to change a project to appeal to the masses (such as asking a creator to adjust the cast or characters), but sometimes that’s not the answer, nor is it what’s needed to “succeed". The industry studios are realizing that what people want to see is themselves, and the audience wants interesting, new stories.

Both Holder and Varrati talked to us separately about how they’ve felt rejected in the past when trying to get funding for their projects. They’ve heard “Queer stories aren’t marketable” or “This didn’t make sense for a larger audience.” But these are stories they needed to get out and maybe didn’t have themselves growing up. These were passion projects that they weren’t willing to change for the masses. “If not now, then when will I get to tell this subgenre of horror that means so much to me that I’m not getting to see?” says Varrati, who made There’s a Zombie Outside happen outside of the studio with his and his friend’s own money. “We knew it wasn’t going to be for everyone, but it was going to be for somebody.” Varrati’s piece of advice here to queer creators is “Go make the thing!”

The Evolution of Queer Horror

It’s no surprise that queer characters have always been around in horror, but they weren’t taken seriously or represented fairly. Maines also cheekily mentioned, "We need to hear Buffalo Bill's side of the story (Silence of the Lambs). That's just a doll trying to get estrogen. What else was she supposed to do? I'm not saying I condone it, I'm just saying--been there."

"Horror has always been a queer genre." - Nicole Maines.

Maines adds: “From a trans lens, we have often been portrayed as the monster. And now we’re moving into a point where we get to be in on it. We get to be the final girls. We get to actually survive, rather than be the scary, weird, gross man-in-a-dress image that everyone is running from…” Thankfully, we have come a long way since then, slowly but surely.

Varrati agrees, saying, “I often say to people, the idea of queer horror is kind of an oxymoron because Horror as a genre is the genre of the subversive, it’s the genre of otherness. And Queer people have been treated as subversive forever and are used to being othered. In this space, we’ve always found a connection because this otherness speaks to us.”

He also adds how horror has been queer long before cinema. “If you go back to Gothic literature, there were sapphic lesbian vampires preying in the night.”

“... There are so many people waiting to be seen. Until we all have the content for us, there’s still a lot of work to do,” says Varrati. That said, the future of queer representation is promising. “The closet door has been blown wide open. That’s a huge change since 5 years ago.” When asked what he wants to see more of and be involved in for the future, Varrati says in classical Prime Month fashion, "We need more horror musicals." Agreed.

How Comedy and Horror Are Linked to Queerness

In an Out magazine interview last year, queer comedian Margaret Cho discusses how comedy and queer politics are intrinsically linked. This also rings true for the horror and queerness. "When you break them down, horror and comedy are two sides of the same coin. They are mediums of heightened reality and you can use that heightened lens to satirize or critique… so then inherently comedy and horror become political because you can use that lens to address that thing that maybe the mainstream doesn't want you to address," says Varrati. Nicole Maines adds, "What is comedy except tragedy plus timing?"

Speaking of horror and comedy (and political overlap) – During the trailer for There’s a Zombie Outside, a shot of the zombie’s face popped up on a TV screen in a cabin. When shown, Maines shouts in a live reaction, "OMG, it's Marjorie Taylor Greene!" and the audience bursts into laughter, (04:51 in our video). Jokes aside, I really do want to see more films like Varrati’s come to light.

If you could rewrite a character as queer, who would it be?

Before we wrapped, we asked this juicy question to our guests. Varrati answered “I’d like to see a queer Van Helsing. I mean, he’s already super pressed about this guy (Dracula)!” while Maines reminded everyone that although the Wicked witches do 'get down' in the original book, she wants “Gelfie” 2025 to happen in part two of the film, (“Gelfie” is Glinda and Elphaba’s lesbian launch name from the Wicked fandom community). “I want to see them kiss!”

We also heard Lovell Holder’s answer which you can catch in the interview below:

As far as what we can expect next from our guests; hopefully some queer horror musicals (I’m looking at you, Michael Varrati!) and some more queer, slasher films (Maines wants to play the murderer, the murdered victim, or both). I can’t wait to see more queer creators take the spotlight in 2025 and what unique stories they bring next.

For further Pride reading, see these recommendations from our panelists and beyond:

T-Blockers

Varrati recommends T-Blockers: “It’s like Spring Breakers meets Invasion of the Body Snatchers. It’s what Pride is all about.” You can watch T-Blockers for free on Tubi (or rent on Prime Video).

Paris is Burning

Maines recommends watching the 1980s documentary, Paris is Burning (available on most streaming platforms).

Disclosure

Maines also recommends watching the documentary, Disclosure, available to stream on Netflix:

To further support queer creators including Maines, Varrati and Holder, see other projects they've worked on and check them out below.

Also mentioned:

Lindsey (she/her) is IGN's Director of Audience Development and Commerce. She's been at IGN since 2021 and has a background in SEO, especially in the gaming, entertainment, and tech media spaces. Find her on Twitter at @LindseySalzer.

  •  

The Most Popular New LEGO Sets for June Are Already on Backorder

Some of the most popular new LEGO sets from June are already hard to find in stock and available now. The Sherlock Holmes and Harry Potter book nooks, as well as the Minifigure Vending Machine are all on backorder over at the LEGO store. The Lord of the Rings: Balrog book nook is luckily still available, though. You can still purchase and reserve your set, but they won't ship for a bit.

The book nooks are great sets to liven up your bookshelf, and the LEGO minifigure vending machine is impressive in that it actually functions like a real vending machine. Just insert the coin, turn the knob, and out pops a minifigure in one of those plastic bubbles. We built the minifigure vending machine, and said that it's "fun and satisfying build" when it's fully put together.

LEGO's New Sets Released in June Are Already on Backorder

If you've been wanting any of these three sets, you'll have to wait a bit. The Harry Potter Hogwarts Express book nook ships the earliest (as early as July 11), and is limited to three per customer. The Minifigure Vending Machine and Sherlock Holmes book book both advertise as shipping in 60 days, but it's hard to say when exactly that is. When I add the vending machine to my bag, it says it will ship by September 18, while the Sherlock Holmes book nook has no date attached. The vending machine is limited to five per customer and the Sherlock Holmes book nook is limited to three, but who is actually buying that many anyway?

The vending machine and Sherlock Holmes book nook are suggested for builders aged 18+, as some of these builds can be a little complicated. There are dozens of LEGO sets for adults, and they all make great gifts or display models. I have the LEGO Nintendo Entertainment System that, along with my physical game collection, makes a great focal point on my shelf.

Myles Obenza is a freelance writer for IGN. Follow him on Bluesky @mylesobenza.bsky.social.

  •  

The Best Gaming Phones in 2025

While just about every phone you can get your hands on nowadays will be able to play some games, several key features distinguish a fine gaming phone from a great one. Powerful processing is one piece of the puzzle. Being able to sustain high performance levels is also a must – you don’t want to deal with a phone that can only run smoothly for a few minutes before it slows down and scorches your hands. Extra memory and storage are also clutch for gaming phones, providing a means for multitasking even while you have a game running and giving you plenty of space for games. Some gaming phones, like the RedMagic 10 Pro, even offer extra upgrades for gaming, like additional shoulder buttons and enhanced touch sampling rates. (Though you could also pick up a dedicated phone controller.)

Of course, the display is also a big piece of the puzzle. If you can’t see your games, you’re going to have a hard time playing them. A bigger, brighter display helps, as does a boost in refresh rate for smooth motion. An added benefit of a bigger phone is that your thumbs won’t cover as much of the display when you’re using touch controls. i've been testing and reviewing gaming phones for years now, so with all these details in mind, here’s a look at the best smartphones that also excel when it comes to gaming on the go.

TL;DR – These Are the Best Gaming Phones:

1. RedMagic 10 Pro

Best Gaming Phone

Gaming demands a lot from a phone, and over all others, the RedMagic 10 Pro has what it takes, as I found when I reviewed it. The beating heart of the RedMagic 10 Pro is an actively cooled Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite chip. I’d already seen this chip do wonders performance-wise in phones like the Asus ROG Phone 9 and OnePlus 13, but the RedMagic 10 Pro turns it up a notch with a cooling fan that lets the chip run all the more effectively for the kind of long-haul sessions that gaming requires. Any time the RedMagic 10 Pro wasn’t at the head of the pack in benchmarks, it was still very near the front, and it absolutely led the way where sustain was concerned. All that performance is only further backed by an astoundingly large 7,050mAh battery.

Naturally, the RedMagic 10 Pro has a few extras specifically for gamers. It includes two shoulder buttons, providing a way to get your index fingers in on the action. You can simply map these shoulder buttons to on-screen controls, good for pretty much any game. The display also has a fast touch-sampling rate, so it’ll detect inputs quickly. Depending on the game, you can also tap into supersampling and frame interpolation to sharpen visuals and smooth out the action.

RedMagic packs all of this capability into a good-looking phone, too. It’s not gaudy, but it still has style. There are a handful of looks, including clear backs, that give a peek at the layout of components. The display is also a winner. It has tiny bezels and stretches 6.85-inches across – and we’re talking a proper 6.85 inches, as the display is rectangular without large areas being cropped by corner curves. RedMagic even effectively hides the selfie camera beneath the display so that it doesn’t interrupt your view of games. The display is a brilliant AMOLED panel offering a 144Hz refresh rate, high peak brightness, and ample sharpness.

Truly, this phone is wonderfully geared up for gaming, and even with a commanding performance lead, it doesn’t cost as much as its competitors. The RedMagic 10 Pro starts at $649, which is almost absurd considering the price of competitors like the Asus ROG Phone 9 at $999.

2. OnePlus 13

Best Everyday Phone for Gaming

If you’ve seen some of the ostentatious designs that come with “gamer” gear, you can be forgiven for wanting to steer clear of the typical gaming phones. Fortunately, you still have an excellent option available to you with the OnePlus 13. You’ll find plenty to love when it comes time to game, but for the rest of the time, you’ll get a much more tame-looking phone.

Inside the OnePlus 13 is a Snapdragon 8 Elite chip. This pairs a blazing fast CPU and potent GPU that make for exceptional everyday performance and potent gaming speeds. In benchmarks, the OnePlus 13 readily rivaled the iPhone 16 Pro Max in CPU speeds and outstripped it in 3DMark’s graphics tests. The phone could even offer a decent amount of sustain. And when put to the test with Wuthering Waves at max settings, it didn’t struggle to keep up with the action. The phone’s 6,000mAh battery also helps out for those long gaming sessions.

OnePlus packs that speed into an elegant chassis. There are three designs, and each is more than a simple color swap, giving you a little more selection than you typically get from new phones. The design also has impressive water protections against submersion and hot water jets. The display on the OnePlus 13 is also excellent, providing a large, vibrant, and searingly bright platform for everyday use, movies, and gaming. And unlike most gaming phones, the OnePlus 13 doesn’t force you to sacrifice camera quality. You’ll find brilliant shooters on the back and front of the phone that capture great photos and video.

The OnePlus 13 comes in at $899 for a configuration with 256GB of storage and 12GB of memory, but if you want plenty of room for games, you can bump up to 512GB of storage and get 16GB of memory for $999.

3. iPhone 16 Pro Max

Best iPhone for Gaming

I reviewed the iPhone 16 Pro Max and can safely say that it will get the job done when it comes time for gaming. The A18 Pro chip inside has an extra graphics core over the A18 chip inside the iPhone 16 and 16 Plus, and that gives it a considerable boost in performance for graphics applications (i.e., games!). Then there’s the fact that the iPhone 16 Pro Max comes with a huge, 6.9-inch display that provides a much bigger surface for enjoying your games and using controls than the smaller iPhone 16 Pro.

You’re not only getting great gaming performance from the iPhone 16 Pro Max, though. It also has an excellent design, with a titanium frame and glass construction. It’s great to look at whether it’s on or off. The camera system is powerful, offering stunning photos from the main sensor and zoom capabilities to get closer to subjects. Plus, if you want to take video, the processing on the iPhone 16 Pro Max goes high resolution, recording in Dolby Vision, and capturing serious slow-mo.

Apple has also made inroads into a more serious tier of gaming. For instance, Ubisoft released Assassin’s Creed Mirage onto iOS and a number of Resident Evil games have come the platform as well. Access to more and better games goes a long way to making a device great for gaming.

4. iPhone 16e

Best Budget iPhone for Gaming

While Apple did launch the new iPhone 16e in 2025 with budget-minded consumers in consideration, it didn’t provide as affordable a new model as it had with earlier iPhone SE devices. The $599 iPhone 16e has some advantages though. This new model runs on the A18 chip that powers the iPhone 16, and that’s a serious piece of hardware. Unfortunately, the iPhone 16e gets a trimmed-down GPU with 4 cores instead of 5. Fortunately, the A18 has performance to spare, so I don’t see that holding the iPhone 16e back from being a solid gaming phone for even demanding titles. Even though I haven’t had a chance to test the iPhone 16e yet, I think it’s safe to say it’ll still rip through everyday operation and games alike, and my colleague over at PCMag saw excellent performance from the phone in his review.

While it's a shame the iPhone 16e couldn’t get a $429 price tag like the prior iPhone SE, it doesn’t make the same sacrifices that phone did. The iPhone 16e gets a more modern design in line with what Apple’s been pushing since as early as the iPhone 12. The best part of this upgrade for gamers is the much greater screen size. The iPhone 16e has a 6.1-inch display without the beefy bezels of the iPhone SE. That’s more real estate to see games and use your thumbs for controls. Plus, the display is an OLED panel, which provides better image quality and contrast. The iPhone 16e also starts with more base storage at 128GB, which is huge compared to the 64GB Apple provided in the prior iPhone SE.

All of that sets up the iPhone 16e nicely for gamers. But I’ll caveat that it may not be the perfect choice for folks who just want a value-focused iPhone. It may be the cheapest Apple offers at the moment, but it does sacrifice quite a bit. For instance, you won’t get access to mmWave or UWB 5G networking, which tends to offer the fastest speeds. That lack of mmWave also means precise device tracking for items like AirTags won’t work. The iPhone 16e also lacks MagSafe support, so you’ll have to either go without it or rely on a case to enable compatibility with MagSafe accessories. The camera system is also rather limited with just one sensor. I’d recommend the iPhone 14 for most people, but the updated chip in the iPhone 16e will make more sense for gamers who can forgo the extra mentioned here.

See our guide to the best cheap smartphones.

5. Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 6

Best Foldable Gaming Phone

We already liked the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 5 for gaming, but the Galaxy Z Fold 6 improves on a great thing. One of the best upgrades is the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 chip inside, which takes the performance up a notch. In our testing, it bumped speeds up by as much as 22%. When it comes time to grind monsters in Zenless Zone Zero or Wurthering Waves, that extra performance makes it that much easier to keep up with the action and see all the detail creators put into the games.

The Z Fold 6 keeps a similar internal screen, stretching 7.6 inches across and offering a 2160x1856 resolution. With the AMOLED panel, you’ll get to enjoy your games in vivid color and striking contrast. If you prefer an ultra-wide aspect ratio, you can also game on the exterior screen, which sits at 6.2 inches. Either way, you get to enjoy a smooth, responsive gaming experience.

And when you’re not gaming, you’ll have a serious piece of tech on your hands. Open, the Z Fold 6 is a small tablet with potential for multi-tasking and more. Closed, the Z Fold 6 blends in as a regular smartphone. It also gets a powerful camera system with all the knack Samsung offers for the technology. And though the Z Fold 6 is a considerable investment, it’s backed by long-term software support from Samsung.

6. OnePlus 12R

Best Budget Android for Gaming

The OnePlus 12 is a compelling value, offering top-tier qualities at the price of most base-tier flagships (think S24 Ultra at the price of an S24). But OnePlus wanted to make an even more budget-friendly option with the OnePlus 12R. This model offers the look and feel of the OnePlus 12, but it comes in at just $499. The star of the show is the 6.78-inch LTPO AMOLED display, which boasts a 1264x2780 and 120Hz refresh rate. It’s a stunner and a great platform for gaming. Put this next to the iPhone SE, and it’s no contest which has the better display.

Internally, the OnePlus 12R isn’t swinging for the fences. It packs 2023’s Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 chip, but for most gaming, it still offers plenty of horsepower. With a 5,500mAh battery inside, the OnePlus 12R is also ready to stretch your gaming sessions out.

The OnePlus 12R did have to make some sacrifices, and its camera system is one area where it trimmed things. It doesn't have a setup that matches the OnePlus 12, but the camera system has little bearing on the phone’s ability to run games. So if you’re out here shopping for a cheaper gaming phone, the iPhone 12R is a great, value-focused option.

What We’re Looking Forward to:

The RedMagic 10 Pro is truly an excellent gaming phone. But with all the performance it pumps out of the Snapdragon 8 Elite chip inside, it got me wondering just what the kind of performance could do if it were funneled into the same kind of games we all play on PC. When I’m not testing phones, I’m often testing laptops, and I’ve tested the MSI Claw 8 AI+ for Lifehacker. What’s been interesting to see is how the divide between the PC and phone hardware has been narrowing, both because the phone chips are speeding up considerably and because Windows has made a push toward ARM (the same architecture used by phone processors) alongside the introduction of Qualcomm’s Snapdragon X Elite SoCs for Windows systems.

With that narrowing divide, I’m constantly checking to see where there’s the closest overlap. For instance, the RedMagic 10 Pro actually performed quite close to the MSI Claw 8 AI+ in Geekbench 6’s single-core and multi-core test. It falls a bit further behind in raw GPU performance, though with just 78% of the performance in Steel Nomad Light. But bear in mind that the MSI Claw 8 AI+ is a powerful handheld that outstrips the Steam Deck considerably in 3DMark, by even more than it beats the RedMagic 10 Pro in Steel Nomad Light (one of the more demanding tests). All that is to say, the RedMagic 10 Pro could make a viable handheld when paired with a phone controller.

Now, there are certainly plenty of great games for Android, but there’s a whole world of PC games that it would be wonderful to throw all of the RedMagic 10 Pro’s horsepower at. But you can’t. And that’s where the upcoming RedMagic 10S Pro gets exciting. As reported by TechSpot, the RedMagic 10S Pro may support some form of Windows emulation to run PC games. While I’d expect there to be some performance penalty as a result, I don’t think even a 25% penalty would be enough to stop the phone from offering excellent performance in games like Hades or Dead Cells — the kind of indie titles that excel on gaming handhelds. And since the new RedMagic 10S Pro is packing a Snapdragon 8 Elite Leading Version chip, it should offer a slight bump in performance over its predecessor.

While this currently remains in the realm of conjecture, as I don’t have my hands on the new phone (yet) and can’t be certain it will even offer the sort of emulation suggested, it’s still an exciting prospect. Even better would be if someone (like Valve) would adapt Steam OS to support some of this mobile hardware. Heck, it might not be long before Windows can run natively on these phone SoCs.

What to Look for in a Gaming Phone

Once you're certain you're a prime candidate for a gaming phone, here's exactly what to consider when you're on the hunt for one. While the best smartphones on the market tend to have some of what it takes to be a decent gaming phone, proper gaming phones tend to have some considerable advantages. You’ll find unseen benefits under the hood, upgrades to the screen and battery, and even extra controls to help give you the edge while gaming.

  • Processors: This is a key area for gaming phones as they effectively define how well a phone can run a game. Top-tier chips like those from the Snapdragon 8 family (e.g., Elite, Gen 1/2/3) tend to be strong performers in games, and the recent Snapdragon 8 Elite has shown itself an absolute beast when it comes to gaming. Apple’s iPhones also tend to have pretty high-performance chips, with any model within the last year or two often providing more than enough speed for the latest games.

  • Cooling and heat management: While a fast processor is a good start, running games is demanding and generates heat. Gaming phones generally make a point of managing that. Paying attention to sustained performance is a key part of how we test phones’ gaming potential. The Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra may have great performance in a short benchmark, but it slows down considerably as it heats up. Meanwhile, a top-notch gaming phone like the RedMagic 10 can lag behind Samsung in some benchmarks, but proves itself capable of sustaining its performance for the long haul thanks to powerful heat management in the form of an active cooling phone — something most everyday phones won’t have.

  • Power: Sometimes it’s not about hardware when it comes to smartly managing heat. You should be on the lookout for pass-through power when shopping for a gaming phone. This feature lets you plug in your phone and have the chipset draw power directly from the outlet, skipping the battery and avoiding the extra heat this would create while also letting you game nonstop without worrying about running out of charge. But again, this isn’t something you can count on every phone offering.

  • Display: Most gaming phones will give you a solid display for gaming. This will include a high resolution and refresh rates ranging from 120Hz to 165Hz or above. Most often, these will be OLED displays, giving you rich contrast and limited motion blur. While many games have framerate caps at 60fps, not all do, and the extra frames can make a world of difference in the perceived smoothness of a game. Quite a few gaming phones also offer high touch sampling rates, ensuring your inputs are registered quickly, and with games often calling for split-second reaction times, this can make a difference.

  • Gaming-specific features: Finally, good gaming phones often find ways to make themselves extra useful in games. This often comes in the form of extra software that’s not always pleasing or easy to use, or extra buttons on the phone that let you use more than just your thumbs as inputs. Even with just a pair of shoulder buttons on a gaming phone, you end up with double the input methods you’d have otherwise, and the ability to move, aim, jump and fire all with separate fingers in online FPS games, for instance, makes a big difference.

Gaming Handhelds vs. Gaming Phones

Deciding on a portable gaming device truly depends on your lifestyle, the type of games you want to play, and how you want to play them.

A gaming phone is ultra-portable and easily pocketed. However, it’s still a highly capable machine that does more than game, offering all your typical smartphone features, including quality cameras, navigation, and communication. Gaming phones also better support cloud streaming for Steam, PlayStation, and Xbox games. Many gaming phones even have cooling solutions to prevent thermal throttling and some handy triggers. If you’re not a fan of touch controls, you can always grab a phone controller and get an experience much closer to a gaming handheld.

Gaming handhelds, like the Steam Deck or Nintendo Switch, are substantially bulkier but still easy to toss in a bag and take on the go. Unlike gaming phones, they are pretty much used solely for gaming, so you get responsive joysticks, triggers, and buttons with these options.

As for actual games, there’s a considerable rift. Android and iOS get plenty of games, and it’s becoming increasingly common to find the same titles on mobile and PC, though the mobile versions are often scaled back in some ways. Gaming handhelds get access to pretty much all of the PC games out there because they are, in fact, gaming PCs (except the Nintendo Switch, of course). Some PC games won’t run well (or run at all) on the low-powered hardware of the gaming handheld, though.

Both gaming handhelds and gaming phones can tap into cloud gaming platforms like Nvidia GeForce Now and Xbox Game Pass. In these, the performance of the phone and handheld don’t matter nearly as much as the quality of their internet connection. In that sense, phones can get an advantage as they offer both Wi-Fi and cellular connectivity (though a very good 5G connection is all but essential to try game streaming).

Battery life can be a tossup. Gaming phones tend to have sizable batteries, run efficiently, and can easily last through the day even with a bit of gaming sprinkled in – otherwise, what use is it as a phone? Gaming handhelds tend to last just a few hours, with the Steam Deck offering pretty poor battery life as an example. And topping up the battery on the go will be easier for the phone, which won’t require a high-wattage charger.

Cost is a big question. The Steam Deck starts at $400 and the original Nintendo Switch is even less than that. Most gaming phones cost more. But some gaming handhelds are landing with prices closer to $1,000, and that far outpaces some of our favorite gaming phones. Plus, most of us need a phone whether we get a gaming handheld or not. The fact a gaming phone can pull double duty should weigh into its value.

The limited access to games may be the deciding factor, as even with cloud gaming as an option, some games simply won’t be available for gaming phones. If everything you want to play is available on mobile or cloud gaming, then it’s worth testing the waters of cloud gaming with your current phone and then, if you like the experience, considering a gaming phone as your next device. If you can’t play the games you want the way you want, then a handheld may fit the bill.

Mark Knapp is a contributing freelancer for IGN covering everything electronics and gaming hardware. He has over 10 years of experience in the tech industry with bylines at PCMag, Reviewed, CNET, and more. Find Mark on Twitter @Techn0Mark or BlueSky at @Techn0Mark.

  •  

These Are The Best Kindle Deals Right Now (June 2025)

In my opinion, the Amazon Kindle is one of the best electronic devices ever. Maybe the only piece of tech I use more than my Kindle is my phone, but even then, I have the Kindle app if I decide I just want to stick some knowledge into my craw. If you're on the hunt for a good deal on Kindle devices before Prime Day kicks off on July 8, there are a few discounted bundle deals available at the moment that are worth a look.

Our favorite deal right now is on the Kindle Essentials Bundle, which has dropped to $146.97 from its $161.97 list price and sets you up with a Kindle, fabric cover, and power adapter. With this deal, you're saving $15, which is worth taking advantage of while it's available. You can see that deal and a few more good ones below.

The Best Kindle Deals Right Now

Kindle is one of the devices you're most likely to find on sale during Amazon events like Amazon Prime Day (which is coming up soon on July 8) and Black Friday. The available Kindle lineup has expanded quite a lot over the years, too. Amazon will oftentimes sneak Kindle deals into its Deal of the Day or offer a bonus deal like free Kindle Unlimited or other Amazon services as well.

Kindle Unlimited

If you own a Kindle, it's absolutely worth investing in Kindle Unlimited. Right now, Amazon Prime members (who haven't already used up their free trial) can sign up to get 3 months free before its $11.99/month price kicks in. This is an awesome early Prime Day deal to take advantage of, so jump on it while it's still available.

But you may be wondering: what is Kindle Unlimited, and is it really worth it? The answer is... absolutely, dear reader. With this, you'll get unlimited access to millions of digital titles, audiobooks, and magazine subscriptions. That way you can read all of the latest bestsellers, classics, biggest hits, and more in the realm of books and comics. What better way to get started on your Kindle adventure?

Current Kindle Bestsellers

Wondering where to start once you pick up your new Kindle? Have no fear, we're here to help with that, too. Below, we've listed out the current Kindle bestsellers so you can start up an exciting new book right away. Some of these titles can be read for free if you're a Prime member or as part of Kindle Unlimited, or they can be purchased if you'd like to own them.

Best Kindle Book Deals

If you want to see the latest and greatest Kindle book deals available, there's an excellent variety to pick through. Whether you're looking for new comics to dig into or just want to sink into a thrilling novel, there's always great book deals available for Kindle users. We've listed just a few of our favorites below, but if you want to see the full list of available deals, head to Amazon's Kindle deals page here.

Why a Kindle Is Worth the Investment

I've been rocking the Kindle since the earliest model was available, and not only do I prefer it to any other method of reading, I've found myself reading more than I would have with traditional paper books. Not that there's anything wrong with reading from a traditional book, I just personally appreciate the ease of use and form factor afforded me by the Kindle.

Since the Kindles use e-ink instead of traditional screens like your phone or iPad, they can be read in just about any lighting. In fact, the pages look like actual paper pages, so any artificial light or even bright sunlight are no factor when using the Kindle. It only uses energy when you turn the page, use the backlight or leave Wi-Fi turned on, so if you go into Airplane mode you can go weeks, even months, between charging your Kindle. Generally I go long enough to completely forget where I put my charging cable.

Hannah Hoolihan is a freelance writer who works with the Guides and Commerce teams here at IGN.

With contributions from Seth Macy.

  •  

Nickelodeon's Stop-Motion Animated Series The Tiny Chef Show Announces Cancellation in the Most Heartbreaking Way

The cancellation heard, and mourned, around the world. Nickelodeon’s stop-motion animated series Tiny Chef made a heartbreaking announcement on Wednesday — but the way they did it? Well, it’s one for the books.

The series, which ran for three seasons on the network beginning in 2022, took to their social media accounts to release a video of the Tiny Chef himself taking a call from a network executive to find out his show had been cancelled. The stop-motion character even tried to reason with the exec by reminding him, “But we won an Emmy!”

Sadly, it wasn’t enough. After telling the exec “I love you, too” — a phrase that just really stabs you in the heart after the short conversation — Chef hung up and tried to continue working. However, the heartbreak was just too great; he dropped his duster and began to cry, moving to sit on his bed and let the tears flow.

In the caption for the post, the show’s creators — Rachel Larsen, Ozlem "Ozi" Akturk, and Adam Reid — gave their own thoughts and personified Chef in the process, hammering home how hurt he is by the decision.

“Tiny chefs cooking show has officially been cancelled (very unexpected) and without the support of a major network we need crowdfunding to keep cookin’ over here,” the post read.

“We want to thank @nickelodeon for giving Chef two blamazing seasons and all the besties he made there. Chef wouldn’t want anyone to blame his friends over there, he’s just deeply sad he doesn’t get to continue hosting a show he adores.”

The team also confirmed they are crowdfunding to keep the show alive on social media platforms — and surely if another network or streamer tried to pick the show up, they would jump at the chance.

But either way, fans have rallied behind Chef and his show in a way that really took the internet by storm. And honestly, it’s not hard to see why. The video, which has a whopping 2.6 million views on Instagram, is a perfect bite-sized look at how grief sets in when you have to close a door you didn’t want to shut. Truly human and achingly real, the small taste of the character and the show has bewitched fans and non-fans alike, which seems to bode well for the future of our new friend and his show.

Here’s hoping the little guy can get back in the kitchen ASAP.

Lex Briscuso is a film and television critic and a freelance entertainment writer for IGN. You can follow her on Twitter at @nikonamerica.

  •  

Elden Ring Nightreign Players Don't Seem To Be Having As Much Trouble With Its Second Enhanced Boss

Elden Ring Nightreign is close to a month old now, and FromSoftware has been rolling out enhanced versions of its bosses. The first one, Gaping Jaw, was an absolute terror. But in the first 24 hours of players facing off with the second Everdark Sovereign, the Darkdrift Knight, they don't seem quite so overwhelmed.

Fulghor, Champion of the Nightglow is the latest Everdark Sovereign fight. To take on the fight, you'll have to beat the base-level Darkdrift Knight expedition. He's available to battle until, presumably, the next Everdark Sovereign rotates in; the hefty centaur replaced the shadow-drop enhanced Gaping Jaw battle, which was no slouch.

As for Fulghor? Players don't seem to be having as tough a time with the stomping warrior. That's not to say he's outright easy; bosses are still, broadly, challenging in Elden Ring Nightreign. But it seems like, compared to the first Everdark Sovereign fight, players aren't struggling as much with this one.

While Adel, the Gaping Jaw fight, had some big flashy moves and surprise on its side, Fulghor is comparatively chill. He does start the fight with his Venom-like arm appendage out, and his mid-fight transition sees him ascend into the sky and gain a normal arm back, allowing him to unleash a bunch of explosive, shiny attacks.

Still, it's a bit more subdued than the literal storm and lightning frenzy that Gaping Jaw could whip up. "I feel as though Fulghor is easier but it's just more fun to do. Chasing a boss for 20 minutes to get a few hits in is boring," one Reddit user said. "Feel as though Fulghor could have been harder or had flashier moves, but I'm having way more fun repeating runs against him than Adel."

Conversely, some like the flashiness of Adel compared to the (again, relatively) subdued enhanced Fulghor. "I liked the specific attacks Adel had like the tornado where you have to jump stream into the eye or you take constant damage," another user said. "This seemed well thought out. The new attacks of Fulgor are pretty easy to understand even the first time youre seeing them."

A true foe, at least for some players, were the servers. Around the launch of Fulghor, players started reporting disconnect issues, and you can them in other posts and replies.

But unless you're this player specifically, you might not have as much trouble with the enhanced Darkdrift Knight as you might think. Still, there are more enhanced fights to tackle either way. Per Bandai Namco's announcement post, there's still a Sentient Pest Everdark Sovereign on the way. Other bosses are also due to get their enhanced versions over time, too.

We’ve got plenty of Nightreign tips and tricks to help you take down all the eight Nightlord Bosses, and if you’re wondering how to unlock the two locked Nightfarer Classes, check out How to Unlock the Revenant and How to Unlock the Duchess, plus How to Change Characters.

Eric is a freelance writer for IGN.

  •  

Deals for Today: LEGO Up House, Spider-Man Collection, and More

It looks like I'm in the mood for nostalgic throwbacks, practical travel gear, and low-key upgrades for everyday life today. How about revisiting iconic games like Bioshock 1-3 and Mafia 1-3? Or perhaps McFarlene Spider-Man is your bag? There's even a (surprisingly) great Friends-themed coffee mug for under $7, there’s a bit of something here for everyone.

Featured in this article

I'm also weighing up a INIU portable charger that's compact enough to toss in a pocket but fast enough to power your phone. If you're traveling or just trying to get better rest, the WAOAW 3D contoured sleep mask seems like a solid pick with its soft feel and light-blocking design. And if you’re into Disney or LEGO, the Up House set is both fun to build and easy on shelf space. Plus, the upcoming Thunderbolts 4K combo is now up for preorder if you’re collecting Marvel releases. Let's get into it:

Coke Zero Sugar 12 Pack

Even if you change your mind and don't want to subscribe and save, you can still get this great deal on Coke Zero when you purchase. It's Coke with zero sugar, and there's 12 cans that you can drink out of and recycle (thumbs up).

Doritos Variety Pack

Get that snack drawer stuffed up with this Doritos variety pack. There's heatwave and original as standard with some of their more novel bags of chips, and it's also on a subscribe and save deal too.

Nintendo Switch 2 in Stock at AliExpress

If you're still on the hunt for a Switch 2 console, here's an opportunity you might want to consider. The Nintendo Switch 2 Mario Kart World Tour Console Bundle is currently available for $547.90 with free delivery from a local US-based warehouse. This is a genuine gaming console that has been imported from Hong Kong. Region locking is determined by your account, not by console, so all of these systems will play in the US without any problems. You'll also be able to select English as your default language just like any console you buy here. AliExpress offers a return window but the length varies depending on the item. These consoles all ship locally from the United States and usually arrive within one week.

Note that although the console is region unlocked and works fine anywhere, the Mario Kart World Tour digital game voucher is region locked to Hong Kong. One of the reviews, however, mentions a workaround:

WAOAW Sleep Mask w/ 3D Eye Cups & Adjustable Strap (Black)

If you’re sensitive to light while sleeping, this 3D contoured eye mask from WAOAW might be worth trying. It’s designed with deeper eye cavities so there’s no pressure on your lids, and the wide, adjustable strap helps it stay put without pulling at your hair. The material is soft and breathable, and it comes with earplugs and a travel pouch, which makes it a handy option for travel or quick naps.

Thunderbolts* - UHD Combo + Digital

If you’re planning to collect Thunderbolts when it drops, the 4K combo pack seems like the way to go. You get the Ultra HD disc, the Blu-ray, and a digital code, which covers pretty much every viewing setup. It’s priced at $43.99 for now with a pre-order price guarantee, so if it drops between now and the July 29 release, you won’t miss out. It’s a decent option if you like having physical copies and want to watch it in the best quality available.

Mafia X Bioshock Game Bundle

If you’ve ever wanted to catch up on some of the best story-driven games from the 2000s, this 2K bundle on Humble is worth checking out. For $18, you get the full Mafia trilogy and all three Bioshock games. That’s six solid titles with some of the best world-building and writing in games. I picked it up to replay Bioshock Infinite but ended up getting pulled into Mafia again too. Plus, part of what you pay goes to Covenant House, so it feels good all around.

INIU 10,000mAh 45W USB Power Bank

This INIU 45W portable charger looks like a solid pick if you’re after something compact but capable. It packs 10,000mAh into a slim design and has a built-in USB-C cable, so you don’t need to carry extras. With support for fast charging and multiple ports, it seems well-suited for travel or just everyday backup power. The paw print battery indicator adds a bit of character too. At $24.99, it’s one of the more feature-packed options at this size and price.

LEGO Disney and Pixar ‘Up’ House, Classic Disney Celebration

I want to pick up the LEGO ‘Up’ House set mostly because I can't resist that sweet Pixar nostalgia. It’s not a full replica, but the details are spot-on, from the balloon cluster to Carl, Russell, and even Dug. It’s got that perfect balance of being display-worthy and something you can actually mess around with. Definitely a good pick if you’re into Pixar stuff or just want a relaxing build that doesn’t take all weekend.

Silver Buffalo FRIENDS Central Perk Black Ceramic Mug

I grabbed this 24-ounce Friends mug mostly because it was on sale, but big mugs are my go-to for coffee. The Central Perk logo gives it that fun throwback vibe without being over the top. It’s definitely hand-wash only, so not the most low-maintenance thing in the kitchen, but for under seven bucks, it's a fun thing to have in the kitchen cupboard that sparks endless quotes.

Spider-Man By Todd Mcfarlane: The Complete Collection

I picked up Spider-Man by Todd McFarlane: The Complete Collection mostly out of curiosity, and it turned out to be a wild ride through some of the most intense and stylized Spidey stories I’ve read. You can really see McFarlane flexing both as an artist and a writer here, especially in the “Torment” arc. It’s darker and grittier than the usual Spider-Man fare, with some seriously dramatic panels. If you grew up on 90s comics or just want to see where that era really kicked off, this one’s worth having on the shelf.

Donkey Kong and Pauline Amiibo Preorder

This Amiibo will unlock a new dress for Pauline and give players access to explosive gold tiles in Donkey Kong Bananza. Plus it looks awesome and you need to collect all Amiibos ever, unless you don't. That's fine too.

Pokémon Legends: Z-A (Switch 2)

This is going to be the definitive edition of POkémon Legends: Z-A thanks to it's 4K 60 FPS gameplay performancce. I'm sure they'll be more cheeky features revealed closer to launch, but if you have a Switch 2 grab this version.

Pokémon Legends: Z-A (Switch 1)

Tunise Rechargeable Portable Neck Fan

It's a fan that you don't have to hold because it sits comfortably around your neck. This is such a cool and handy product for under $15, especially if you're like me and get warm at the thought of some sunshine.

Symphonic Journeys Pokémon Red & Blue - IGN Exclusive Vinyl

Symphonic Journeys: Pokémon Red & Blue is now up for preorder in a stunning IGN-exclusive Fire Red vinyl variant. This 1xLP release features orchestrated arrangements of classic tracks like Pallet Town, Gym Leader Battle, and the Pokémon Center theme, performed by the renowned Budapest Scoring orchestra.

Lies of P (Steam)

We gave Lies of P a solid 8/10, so there's no reason to not pick up this absolute banger for $25.49. Just make sure to use the discount code FANATICAL 15 to get the full deal.

Lies of P: Overture

Overture also got an 8/10 from us because it does exactly what it says on the tin, gives us more Lies of P. It's an excellent expansion that adds a whole lot more to a game that was already great.

Borderlands 4 PC Preorders

September 12th is closer than you think, so get Borderlands 4 preordered from Green Man Gaming and secure your preload on Steam. Randy Pitchford reckons that it's co-op mode will be "The best ever", too.

Pokémon TCG Classic

The Sam's Club Pokémon TCG Classic deal is back, and it's massively undercutting other big box retailers and the secondary market. Just for comparrison, the top four cards from this set, Charizard, Blastoise, Venusaur and Mewtwo, are worth the same price as this discounted offer. This deal is well worth it and should be snapped up as soon as possible.

Pokémon TCG Stock Updates

As usual we're looking at over-inflated pricing at big box stores, but it's a dependable source of sealed product for trainers looking to add to their collections or rip open boosters. Although we'd recommend checking out secondary market prices first, as big retailers are now regularly selling over market value now too. I've already done the hard work for you:

TCG Player and eBay Pokémon Sealed Product

The Most Expensive Japanese Black Bolt White Flare Cards

The most expensive cards from Pokémon TCG's Black Bolt and White Flare sets are already commanding serious prices in Japan. Top of the list are the Special Illustration Rares of Zekrom ex and Reshiram ex, both featuring intricate, hand-drawn artwork and fetching well over ¥20,000 (around $130–$150 USD) on the secondary market.

Also climbing fast are the new BWR (Black White Rare) cards and the full-art Victini promos from the themed file sets. With stunning clay and knitted art styles also making their debut, collectors are pushing prices up across the board, especially for low-population, high-style secret rares.

This Weeks Pokémon TCG Crashers and Climbers

With Black Bolt and White Flare wrapping up the Scarlet & Violet era, all eyes are now on what’s next—and Mega Evolution is officially back. The Japanese Championships 2025 confirmed MEGA Symphonia and MEGA Brave as the first entries in the new Mega Expansion Packs, launching August 1 in Japan. These sets reintroduce Mega Evolution ex cards in a powerful new form, now Stage 2 Pokémon worth 3 Prize Cards when knocked out. Cards like Mega Gardevoir ex, Mega Venusaur ex, and Mega Lucario ex are leading the charge, and collectors are already snapping up classic Mega cards in anticipation of their return to the spotlight.

MTG Live Preorders

Preorders are now live for Magic: The Gathering’s next major set, Edge of Eternities, ahead of its August 1 release. You can lock in Play Booster Boxes, Bundles, Commander Decks, and Collector Boosters, with prices already dipping below MSRP in some spots. With some chunky lore, borderless cards, and premium packaging teased, now’s a good time to grab your picks before stock tightens closer to launch.

MTG Stock Update

There's the usual suspects of insanely priced boosters such as Theros Beyond Death, but there's also some discounts such as 9% off a box of Assassin's Creed collector boosters and a massive 32% off a booster box of Lord of the Rings set boosters.

MTG Final Fantasy Chase Cards

I was going to say how insane MTG Final Fantasy's popularity is, but it's completely understandable. Whilst sealed stock is going up in value and becoming harder to get, there's plenty of option for the most in-demand cards for your deck or collection.

MTG Aetherdrift Chase Cards

Aetherdrift is one of Magic: The Gathering’s more experimental sets, blending high-speed vehicle mechanics with a bold visual style. Released as part of the Universes Beyond series, it introduced new archetypes and card types designed to shake up both casual and competitive formats.

3 Months for $0.99 Audible Deal

Audible’s doing that 99c a month deal again for Premium Plus, and it’s a steal. Amazon Prime Members get three months free, so make sure to check for an active subscription before looking for this deal. You get three audiobooks to keep, full access to the big library, and it works even if you’ve had a sub before as long as it’s not active now. I just logged in, saw the banner, and grabbed it. Sunrise on the Reaping is already in my library, and I’m eyeing that massive new Sanderson one next. Less than three bucks for all that? Easy win.

3 Months Free Kindle Unlimited

I’ve never really stuck with audiobooks before, but this Kindle Unlimited deal finally got me into them properly. Right now you can get three months free if you’ve got Prime, and it works on your phone or tablet, not just a Kindle. I gave it a go, downloaded a couple of books, and now I’ve actually started finishing them while I’m out walking or doing stuff around the house. It’s made getting through my backlog way easier and I didn’t have to pay a thing to try it. If you’ve been on the fence, this is a solid excuse to dive in.

Sound Explosion Software Bundle

If you’ve ever needed music or sound effects for a game, video, podcast, or anything creative, this Humble Bundle is ridiculous value. For $20, you get over 100 royalty-free audio packs covering everything from cinematic hits and ambient drones to meme sounds and upbeat pop tracks. I grabbed it just to have a library ready for whatever project pops up, and it’s already saved me time and cash. You can pay as little as a buck if you just want to check it out, and part of what you pay goes to charity too. Easy win if you ever mess with editing or content creation.

Alienware AW3423DWF Curved QD-OLED Gaming Monitor

Alienware 34-inch QD-OLED is down to $649.99, and it’s an absolute beast. You’re getting a 165Hz refresh rate, deep blacks, punchy colours, and a super sharp 21:9 curved display that makes everything from games to edits look incredible. It’s fast, smooth, and built like a tank with FreeSync support and a proper creator mode if you need colour accuracy. It even comes with a 3-year burn-in warranty. For this price, it’s hard to beat.

The Legend of Zelda Master Sword by Proplica

The $200 Master Sword from Tamashii Nations is a full-size 41-inch replica with sound, rumble, and music from eight Zelda games built in. Press the buttons on the hilt to cycle through tracks from Ocarina of Time, Breath of the Wild, Tears of the Kingdom, and more. It comes with a sheath, a stand, and needs two AA batteries. Stock is limited, so if you're in move fast.

Monster Hunter Wilds PS5 and Xbox Series X

Monster Hunter Wilds has hit its lowest price yet for the standard physical edition on PS5 and Xbox Series X at just $55.99, down from $69.99. This latest entry takes the series into a fully voiced narrative, dynamic biomes, and crossplay multiplayer. If you’ve been waiting for a price drop to jump into the Forbidden Lands, this is a solid time to grab a copy.

Symphonic Journeys Pokémon Red & Blue - IGN Exclusive Vinyl

Symphonic Journeys: Pokémon Red & Blue is now up for preorder in a stunning IGN-exclusive Fire Red vinyl variant. This 1xLP release features orchestrated arrangements of classic tracks like Pallet Town, Gym Leader Battle, and the Pokémon Center theme, performed by the renowned Budapest Scoring orchestra.

Elden Ring Nightreign Official Strategy Guide

The official strategy guide for Elden Ring: Nightreign is now up for preorder, with a hardcover release set for September 30, 2025. Created by Future Press, this companion book dives deep into the game’s new roguelike multiplayer systems, class mechanics, and shifting world of Limveld. You’ll get detailed Nightfarer builds, bestiary entries, system breakdowns, and beautifully illustrated maps plus bonus art prints and lore. Sounds like a bargain to me.

Donkey Kong Bananza

Donkey Kong Bananza is available now for preorder on Nintendo Switch 2 at $69.99, with a release date set for July 17. This all-new 3D platformer brings DK back into the spotlight with a full physical edition and gameplay reminiscent of Super Mario Odyssey. If you've been waiting for the return of classic Donkey Kong exploration with modern polish, this looks like the one to watch.

amFilm Switch 2 Tempered Glass Screen

amFilm’s 3-pack tempered glass screen protector for the Nintendo Switch 2 (7.9") is down to $7.99 and includes everything you need for a smooth installation. The 0.3mm ultra-clear glass offers 9H scratch resistance, touchscreen sensitivity, and an oleophobic coating to reduce smudges. It also comes with a alignment frame, making it easier to apply without bubbles.

Christian Wait is a contributing freelancer for IGN covering everything collectable and deals. Christian has over 7 years of experience in the Gaming and Tech industry with bylines at Mashable and Pocket-Tactics. Christian also makes hand-painted collectibles for Saber Miniatures. Christian is also the author of "Pokemon Ultimate Unofficial Gaming Guide by GamesWarrior". Find Christian on X @ChrisReggieWait.

  •  

Disney Confirms Live-Action Lilo and Stitch 2 Movie in the Works

Disney is officially working on a live-action Lilo and Stitch 2 following the success of its first remake, which premiered last month.

The House of Mouse confirmed its plans to develop another movie in its popular Lilo and Stitch movie series with a video on Instagram. It’s a bit fluffier than your usual sequel confirmation, as it shows its blue alien mascot driving around a Walt Disney Studios before finding inspiration in the number two. No further details about Lilo and Stitch 2, including its plot, cast, or release date, have been revealed.

"Should’ve known he couldn’t keep a secret," Disney says in its celebratory June 26 post. "A 626 day surprise: #LiloAndStitch 2 is now in development!"

The live-action Lilo and Stitch remake premiered May 23, 2025, and quickly became quite the box office success. Just before it crawled its way into theaters, Disney was already considering what sequels could look like. Disney Entertainment Co-Chairman Alan Bergman went as far as to say, “It feels like it’s going to work very well, and it’s the kind of property that lends itself to more,” at the time.

If anything, it’s a surprise it’s taken this long to see a green light for a live-action Lilo and Stitch 2. Just one week after its premiere, the 2025 remake had managed to pull in $610.8 million globally. That number has only increased to be just shy of $1 billion mark at $914,396,949 (via Box Office Mojo).

Warning! Spoilers for Lilo and Stitch (2025) follow:

Disney’s live-action Lilo and Stitch remake features a very different ending from the animated original film, but that doesn’t mean it can’t still set up a sequel. This time around, Lilo's older sister Nani leaves Lilo (and Stitch) behind in Hawaii and instead travels out of state to study marine biology. An ending sequence does show that, thanks to some alien technology, the two may not be seperated for long.

Additionally, a late-movie sequence shows an alien computer screen that features other notable experiments that were prominently featured in Lilo and Stitch: The Series. These include Experiment 624 a.k.a. Angel, Experiment 625 a.k.a. Reuben, and Experiment 627. Each could play a major part in Lilo and Stitch 2, with the series itself providing plenty of material to pull from for not only one sequel but potentially many others as well. There's also the original animated sequel, Lilo and Stitch 2: Stitch has a Glitch, which arrived as a direct-to-video installment in 2005.

We gave the 2025 live-action Lilo and Stitch remake an 8/10 in our review, but not everyone was so pleased with how it turned out. Some fans were quick to hop online and share their disatisfaction with it's new ending for Nani and Lilo, with many feeling it opposes some of the original film's most important themes. You can read more about our thoughts on Ohana, as well as other moments in the film, here.

Michael Cripe is a freelance contributor with IGN. He's best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

  •  

Bad Influence: Read the Entire First Chapter of the Webtoon Sci-Fi Series

Bad Influence is a new manga-style sci-fi series from Webtoon. Created as a collaboration between HiHi Studios (co-founded by streamer Valkyrae and Range Media’s Kai Gayoso) and start-up Otherly Productions, Bad Influence follows a woman named Nel who rebels against the oppressive regime ruling over her dystopian home. As the series makes its debut on Webtoon, IGN can exclusively debut the entire first issue for your reading pleasure.

Check out the slideshow gallery below to read Bad Influence #1:

Bad Influence is drawn by artist Jor Ros and co-written by Orson James and Roman Calais. Here's Webtoon's official summary of Bad Influence:

In Bad Influence, the city of Weisshorn is a surveillance city, where life is a never-ending parade–literally. Mascots smile from every screen, propaganda loops in cheery jingles, and the people are kept docile by distraction. At the center of it all is Oswald, a charismatic dictator with a showman’s flair and a deep need to control the story everyone lives inside.

The series follows the adventures of Nel — a hot-headed and haunted young woman, who isn’t buying the dream sold to the masses. Nel joins a rebel gang to take the system down. But the deeper she digs, the weirder it gets. She unearths glitches, ghosts, and truths that no one wants uncovered. Reality’s falling apart. And Nel might be next.

“BAD INFLUENCE is about a reluctant rebel fighting back against the system,” said James in a statement. “Weisshorn is a broad-smiling dystopia where control is asserted through entertainment. The system doesn't just rule with fear — it distracts, dazzles, and scripts your life through spectacle. If everyone’s smiling, how bad can it be? It’s the surveillance state dressed up as a theme park.”

“Nel’s rebellion is an act of self-discovery,” added Calais. “Nel isn’t just fighting the regime — she’s trying to figure out who she is beneath the roles she’s been forced into. Life in Weisshorn is a mess of lies and trauma, and Nel’s ready to break out. But she’s not the chosen one. She feels lost, confused. Nel carries herself like a fighter, but behind that is a young woman patching over the cracks of doubt and insecurity with stubbornness and sheer will. And, in this world, holding it together might be the most radical act of all.”

The first three chapters of the series are now available as part of the Webtoon Originals program, with new chapters to follow each Thursday.

In other comic book news, the Phillipe Labaune Gallery is showcasing the work of Paul Pope, and DC has revealed the many variant covers for September's Batman #1 relaunch.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

  •  

Death Stranding 2 Players Think Hideo Kojima 'Is Making Deals With Spirits and Demons' as Videos of 'Instant' Load Times Flood the Internet

Kojima Productions fans can’t stop talking about Death Stranding 2: On the Beach load times, with many calling them the "fastest" they’ve "ever seen in a video game."

Hideo Kojima’s strand-game sequel launched to stellar reviews, including our own, where we called Death Stranding 2's post-apocalyptic take on Australia “hauntingly beautiful.” While there are many elements to praise, it’s the visuals that have been almost unanimously celebrated. Death Stranding 2 is quite the visual showcase, so seeing loading screens last less than a second before dropping protagonist Sam Porter Bridges into wide-open fields is quite the sight to behold.

Videos of players showcasing the quick load times have already flooded social media feeds since early access launch arrived June 24, and the results are hard to deny. Pressing the “Continue” button on the main menu presents a flash of a black screen before picking up exactly where players left off. Loading another save while already in-game presents similar results. Some of the phrases being thrown around include “blink or you’ll miss it,” “instant,” and “the fastest load times I’ve ever seen.”

Kojima’s secret to the unbelievable load times in Death Stranding 2 has yet to be revealed, but one popular X/Twitter post has a theory.

“Okay but actually how the f**k,” user @RealBugAubrey said. “Either everyone else is not so secretly terrible at their job or Kojima Productions is making deals with spirits and demons.”

Death Stranding 2 has the fastest loading time I've EVER seen in a video game.

Don't blink or you'll miss it. It's literally instant.#DeathStranding #DeathStranding2 pic.twitter.com/2PWkNN92JI

— KAMI (@Okami13_) June 23, 2025

It’s been mentioned already but the load times in Death Stranding 2 are unbelievably fast, like the fastest I’ve ever seen in any game ever.

Genuinely how did they do this?? pic.twitter.com/GmxbaF3ijH

— Synth Potato🥔 (@SynthPotato) June 26, 2025

The essentially non-existent Death Stranding 2 load times are only impressive because so many other games on PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X and S still feature loading screens that can last for up 30 seconds or even minutes long. Even without sitting down for a side-by-side comparison, many believe Death Stranding 2 might feature the most impressive load times for a game of this caliber ever. However, there are a few other shining examples that players believe might give Sam Porter Bridges a run for his money.

Insomniac Games’ 2023 title, Marvel’s Spider-Man 2, famously features similarly fast loading times on PS5, with players able to teleport to any location in New York City. All it takes is holding a button, which the developer has clarified doesn’t hide its own secret loading function.

On the Xbox side of things is Indiana Jones and the Great Circle, which many fans have noted features a main menu screen that is the actual game itself.

"Right on par with Indiana Jones new game - both seem to load the actual save file in the background as it boots up, so selecting to continue just essentially reveals the game in progress," one Reddit user said.

Indiana Jones: https://t.co/DOBj7maJk4 pic.twitter.com/LSSQ269mI2

— Luiz (@diasluizzz) June 24, 2025

It’s sparked some debate among those seeking to defend their favorite video game, but one thing is clear: many major games are starting to ditch loading screens altogether. We’ll have to wait and see just how long it takes before loading screens vanish from most games entirely. In the meantime, you can read up on why Nintendo is mentioned in the Death Stranding 2 credits. You can also check out how some players are reacting to its infamous "I won't do it" dialogue option.

Check out our Death Stranding 2: On the Beach guide for a full main story walkthrough, complete with checkmarks to track your exact progress, plus guides for Sub-Orders, Standard Orders, and Aid Requests - plus even more secrets and a cheat code! If you’re just jumping into the game, we have plenty of tips for what to do first, how to survive in combat, and how to make it through Brutal difficulty if you’re playing on the most challenging setting.

Michael Cripe is a freelance contributor with IGN. He's best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

  •  

Best Xbox Deals Today (June 2025)

Summertime has arrived, and plenty of great video game deals along with it. There are quite a few Xbox deals, in particular, that are worth checking out at the moment. With big sale events like Amazon Prime Day on the horizon as well, there are bound to be many more to come as we get closer to the sale's start day on July 8. Until then, though, some of our favorite Xbox deals at the moment include discounts on Kingdom Come: Deliverance II, Sniper Elite: Resistance, and Monster Hunter Wilds (which has hit its lowest price yet at Amazon), but these just scratch the surface of what's out there.

If you're looking to stock up on new Xbox games or accessories, we're here to help. Here are the best Xbox deals available right now.

Best Xbox Game Deals

If you're looking to stock up on new Xbox games, there are quite a few on sale right now that are worth checking out. Some of our favorite deals at the moment are from Woot's Video Game Super Sale, which includes discounts on Metaphor: ReFantazio, Kingdom Come: Deliverance II, and Sniper Elite: Resistance, but there are so many more to look through. Monster Hunter Wilds has even hits its lowest price yet at Amazon. You can check out those deals and more of our favorites above.

What's Coming Soon to Xbox Game Pass?

Game Pass has a nice rotation of new titles to play every month. If you're curious about what's in store for the end of June and start of July, we've got you covered. The Xbox Game Pass June Wave 2 lineup is:

Best Xbox Accessory Deals

Outside of games, there are a few different Xbox accessory deals that are worth your time and money as well. Walmart's offering a nice discount at the moment on the Elite Series 2 controller, while Amazon's got the 1TB Seagate Storage Expansion Card on sale. Woot has a couple of nice accessory deals to check out, too.

When Should I Buy an Xbox?

In general, it is advisable to keep an eye out for sales and restocks throughout the year, as availability has improved since the initial launch of the console. Unlike the Nintendo Switch, there is no specific recommendation to wait for a sale regardless of the time of year. Instead, it's a good idea to monitor various retailers and online platforms for restock announcements and promotional offers.

However, certain events like Black Friday or other holiday seasons may bring about unique bundles, discounts, or promotional deals specifically for the Xbox Series X. These bundles may include additional games, accessories, or exclusive limited editions. While quantities for such promotions might be limited, they can provide an opportunity to get more value for your purchase.

It's worth keeing in mind that Xbox recently increased console prices as well, which you can read more about here.

Xbox Series X or Xbox Series S?

Choosing between the Xbox Series X and Xbox Series S ultimately depends on your gaming preferences, budget, and specific requirements. Let's compare the two consoles to help you make an informed decision:

1. Performance: The Xbox Series X is the more powerful option, offering native 4K gaming, higher graphical fidelity, and faster loading times. It has more advanced hardware, including a larger storage capacity. On the other hand, the Xbox Series S targets a lower price point and offers a less powerful performance, targeting 1440p resolution gaming and upscaling to 4K.

2. Price: The Xbox Series S is more affordable compared to the Xbox Series X. If budget is a significant factor for you, the Xbox Series S provides a cost-effective option while still delivering a next-generation gaming experience. For example, the Series S can play Starfield at 1440p 30fps (vs 4K 30fps on Series X).

3. Storage: The Xbox Series X comes with a larger internal storage capacity, allowing you to store more games directly on the console. The Xbox Series S, however, has a smaller storage capacity, which means you may need to manage your game library more actively or rely on external storage solutions.

4. Disc Drive: The Xbox Series X includes a disc drive, enabling you to play physical game discs and enjoy a wider range of media options, including Blu-ray and DVD playback. The Xbox Series S, in contrast, is a digital-only console, meaning you can only play games downloaded from the digital store.

5. Graphics and Performance: While both consoles support ray tracing, the Xbox Series X provides a more immersive and visually impressive experience due to its superior hardware capabilities. If you prioritize cutting-edge graphics and want the best performance available, the Xbox Series X is the preferable choice.

Consider your gaming preferences, budget, and whether you prioritize top-of-the-line performance or cost-effectiveness. If you have a 4K TV, want the most powerful console, and are willing to invest more, the Xbox Series X is the recommended option. If you have a lower budget, a 1080p or 1440p TV, and don't mind sacrificing some performance, the Xbox Series S offers excellent value for money.

With how expensive gaming is getting in 2025, we're trying to save you as much money as possible on the games and other tech you actually want to buy. We've got great deal roundups available for all major platforms such as Switch and Xbox, and keep these updated daily with brand new offers. If you're trying to keep costs down while maintaining your favorite hobby, stay tuned for more incredible discounts.

Robert Anderson is a deals expert and Commerce Editor for IGN. You can follow him @robertliam21 on Twitter.

  •  

How We Test and Review Gaming Phones in 2025

There are many ways to play games these days. Consoles and gaming PCs are still popular options with loads of power, and gaming handhelds have surged lately, but the ability of everyday phones and specialty gaming phones to tap into all sorts of games is hard to ignore. It’s a device you likely have on you all day, every day, and that alone can make it an ideal gaming device. But how do you ensure you’re getting a phone that can game well? That’s what we set out to explore when we test phones, whether they’re mainstream options or those niche options designed specifically for gaming. Here’s an inside peek at the testing we perform to sift the wheat from the chaff.

Benchmarks

Benchmarks are a staple in hardware testing. They hit a machine hard with a heavy workload and provide a simplified score or metric (like average frames per second) at the end of the test. The results provide a key reference for directly comparing the performance from one device to another.

For all phones, I run Geekbench 6 to measure single- and multi-core CPU performance. I also run Geekbench 6’s GPU test using Vulkan on Android and Metal on iOS. Since gaming combines both CPU and GPU performance, we also run some gaming-specific benchmarks, including 3DMark’s Wildlife Extreme, Steel Nomad Light, and Solar Bay (for compatible phones) tests. These 3DMark stress tests both the CPU and GPU, but with a different balance. So, a phone with a strong CPU and modest GPU, for instance, may perform well in Wildlife Extreme but underperform in Solar Bay compared to a phone with a modest CPU and strong GPU.

I run each benchmark several times and average the results. This helps ensure consistency, but it can also help reveal inconsistency. A phone may be able to perform well in the first run of a benchmark, but if heat builds up too quickly, it’s very common to see performance drop.

Game Tests

Benchmarks are generally designed to push a device to its limit, often beyond what is practical in everyday operation, so I also test phones with actual games available today. These remain demanding, of course, but powerful phones generally won’t struggle with them. In the past, this has included games like Call of Duty Mobile, Sky: Children of the Light, and Genshin Impact. Recently, Wuthering Waves has proven a suitable challenge for the latest phones. I attempt to run the game at its highest graphics settings with a 60fps frame rate limit (the max available). I play 30 minutes, watching for any hitches in performance or inability to maintain a steady 50-60fps in both the short and long term. If a phone struggles significantly with this, I may reduce the graphics settings and resume testing, noting the settings level ultimately tested at.

At the end of this playtest, I also evaluate the external temperature of the phone, looking for hotspots and the temperature around the edges where I hold it. After all, a phone that runs games incredibly fast may not be worth much if it also burns your hands in the process.

After gaming, I also switch back and forth between apps to see how much the phone's memory retains and to check whether it’s possible to step away from a game briefly and then resume play without needing to reload the game.

Additional Testing

Beyond the benchmarks and gaming tests, each phone is evaluated on its everyday operation, the quality of its screen (clarity, brightness, color, smoothness, etc.), wireless connectivity speeds, day-to-day battery life, physical design, special features, and camera quality.

While gaming phones tend to offer quality displays and solid battery life, they can struggle when it comes to features and design. So even though my process for testing gaming phones and non-gaming phones is largely the same, I end up weighing them differently.

What Are the Best Gaming Phones Right Now?

IGN's overall top pick for the best gaming phone right now is the RedMagic 10 Pro with its excellent performance and a great display. Below are the rest of our top-reviewed options for gaming in 2025.

Mark Knapp is a contributing freelancer for IGN covering everything electronics and gaming hardware. He has over 10 years of experience in the tech industry with bylines at PCMag, Reviewed, CNET, and more. Find Mark on Twitter @Techn0Mark or BlueSky at @Techn0Mark.

  •  

Do You Actually Need a Gaming Phone in 2025?

The appeal of a console like the Nintendo Switch 2 or gaming handhelds like the Steam Deck, Asus ROG Ally, Lenovo Legion Go S, etc., is obvious: They provide a portable gaming platform you can bring anywhere so you can enjoy games wherever and whenever you want. But you’re already carrying a phone around with you everywhere you go. What if it could check the same boxes that a gaming handheld does?

That’s the question that might send you down the gaming phone rabbit hole. Depending on what you’re after from your gaming hardware, there’s a good chance a gaming phone could be a good fit for you. But first, you’ll want to understand what makes a standout gaming phone so different from your typical smartphone, what limitations a gaming phone will still have, and how you plan to use it.

What Makes a Great Gaming Phone?

A gaming phone is going to have all the same core elements as an everyday phone, but it will likely have souped-up versions and extra hardware enhancements to help it perform better at its core task: gaming.

On the iPhone side of the fence, the best gaming phone will pretty much just be the latest Pro model, as it will include the most potent system-on-chip and highest quality display of the options Apple makes.

On Android, it gets more complicated. Many flagship phones will feature the latest Qualcomm or MediaTek chipset, so it might seem like they should all perform on an even footing. To some extent, they can perform quite close to one another. In our phone tests, we often find the same system-on-chip performing neck-and-neck to one another in short tests. But in longer, more demanding tests, we get to see just how the gaming phones’ enhancements help set them apart.

Sustained performance

When we test phones, we put them through long-lasting gaming and benchmarks that give them plenty of time to see their temperature climb and their performance tank. A phone that can run a benchmark once at 30fps might sink down to just 15fps after running that benchmark 20 times. The Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra demonstrated this well; its performance halved over the course of 3DMark’s Steel Nomad Light stress test. By contrast, the RedMagic 10 Pro implemented active cooling, allowing it to run the same benchmark and see its performance only sink by 21% over the course of the test (or even hold stable at a slightly lowered ceiling). That sustained performance is crucial for longer gaming sessions. The last thing you want from a gaming phone is to start playing and watch your game get slower and slower as you go.

Heat management and ergonomics

It’s not just the heat of the chipset tanking performance that matters. Where that heat goes is also important for a gaming phone. Unless you’re using a phone controller, you’re going to be holding the phone in your hands while you play. The heat generated by the phone can result in hotspots and go beyond merely uncomfortable to touch. Gaming phones tend to have enhanced cooling systems that aim to prevent heat buildup in the first place located in spots that keep it away from the areas of the phone you’re likely to hold while gaming. The Asus ROG Phone 9 positions its chipset at the center of the phone, for example. A gaming phone ought to have rounded corners as well so that hard edges don’t stab into your palms.

A fast screen

60Hz is a thing of the past on great phones. Gaming phones, even on the affordable end of the spectrum, almost invariably offer at least 120Hz refresh rates. That helps make everyday use feel smooth, but it’s especially applicable to games for more detail in motion. That’s not the only element of speed that matters here, though. Gaming phones also tend to have an elevated touch sampling rate. This helps register touches on the display sooner, which may be hard to detect in practice but can make a difference in fast-paced games where every millisecond counts.

A big battery

A super-powered phone with a massive display could be wonderful to game on, but if it’s carrying a tiny 4,000mAh battery, it probably won’t be all that useful for gaming in general. Playing games sucks down a lot of juice between the screen being on and chipset running at high speeds. Combine that with the burden of regular use throughout the day, and you could be running for a charger frequently if you try to game on a phone with a small battery. Most good gaming phones will feature a sizable battery pack. For example, the RedMagic 10 Pro offers one of the biggest batteries we’ve seen in a phone that wasn’t outlandishly thick with its 7,050mAh pack.

Additional features

Scoring high marks in the areas above can set up a phone for success while gaming. But to go above and beyond, a gaming phone should have a few extra features tailored to enhance the gaming experience or provide even more options while playing. This can include bonus software or hardware features, like OnePlus’s HyperRendering tool for upscaling and frame interpolation. Many gaming phones will feature dedicated shoulder buttons to give gamers more input methods. Support for pass-through power is also a common and useful tool for gamers, as it lets the system-on-chip draw power directly from a cable connection, skipping the battery and the extra heat generation that comes with it.

Gaming Phone Limitations

Getting a gaming phone to serve its core purpose tends to come with some trade-offs. Some of those are because the design necessitates it, and others are simply because a manufacturer can only put so much into a phone before its price spirals out of control.

Missing features

A few features of modern smartphones you’ve probably come to expect aren’t always present on gaming phones. Wireless charging might be absent. That extra layer of coiled wire necessary for wireless charging not only takes up precious internal space, but can get in the way of the phone’s ability to transfer heat into the back of the chassis. To make up for it, a lot of gaming phones will at least support very fast wired charging (like the RedMagic 10 Pro’s 100W charging). Water protection can also fall short of competitors. A gaming phone that uses active cooling won’t have the same sealed chassis that other devices do, so it’ll be exposed to potential ingress of water and dust.

Cameras

The camera system on many smartphones can be one of its biggest selling points; take the triple-sensor arrays on the iPhone 16 Pro or OnePlus 13, or even the quad-sensor array on the Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra, for instance. Meanwhile gaming phones tend to divert their efforts elsewhere. The Asus ROG Phone 9, despite costing as much as these competitors, offers a much more meager camera system with one wide camera, one ultra-wide, and a throwaway macro lens. It’s a similar story for the RedMagic 10 Pro. Even if the amount of cameras tacked onto a gaming phone is the same as a mainstream phone, we’ve yet to see one come near the quality of the mainstream competition.

Game selection

Even if a gaming phone has gobs of power to run games, it is still limited to the selection of games available on its native operating system (more than likely, that’s Android). While there are tons of games available on mobile, you’ll still be missing out on many of the biggest games around. AAA games tend not to launch on mobile platforms. There are means of playing PC and console games on your phone via cloud gaming and game streaming, but these rely almost entirely on the quality of your wireless connection and can run on very modest hardware – meaning, a gaming phone provides little benefit over any other phone. The performance of phones has leapt substantially recently, and I wouldn’t be surprised if we started to see more attention given to mobile, but until then, the benefits of a powerful gaming phone will be limited to the selection of games available directly on the phone itself.

Does a Gaming Phone Make Sense?

Ask yourself this series of questions before buying a gaming phone. If you answer any of them with a “no,” then you’ll probably be able to skip a gaming phone and opt for a normal smartphone instead.

Do you like to play games available on Android and iOS?

If so, then a gaming phone might make sense. If most of the games you want to play are on PC or console, though, there’s little reason to get a gaming phone, as it won’t provide any particular benefit. For PC games, a gaming handheld may make more sense. For console games, you’ll likely be looking at game streaming or cloud gaming.

Do you play games with intense graphics?

Realistic 3D graphics can be a heavy lift for gaming hardware, and that’s when the performance of a gaming phone might come in handy. But many mobile games aren’t terribly demanding. Games like Among Us, Hearthstone, Stardew Valley, Subway Surfers, etc., don’t seriously tax recent smartphone CPUs and GPUs. If that’s your preferred gaming fare, then you can probably get by perfectly fine with a normal smartphone.

Do you like to dial up graphics settings to the max and game for long stretches of time?

Even though they’re not made specifically for gaming, recent flagship phones like the OnePlus 13 can still perform wonderfully in demanding games. It’s the extra performance and thermal management of gaming phones that helps them outperform their mainstream counterparts when it comes to going balls to the wall, sustaining performance for extended periods, and maintaining acceptable temperatures while doing so. But if you just jump into a game here and there for 5-10 minutes at a time and don’t care about cranking up graphics settings or the differences between 30fps and 60fps, plenty of phones are up to the task.

If you answered yes for those last three questions, then a gaming phone could be a smart pick. You’ll get stronger performance, longer battery life, and fewer heat issues than you would from most everyday smartphones. In any other case, you’ll probably be better served by a standard smartphone, gaming handheld, cloud gaming, or some combination of the three.

Which Gaming Phone Should You Buy?

IGN's overall top pick for the best gaming phone right now is the RedMagic 10 Pro with its excellent performance and a great display. Below are the rest of our top-reviewed options for gaming in 2025.

Mark Knapp is a contributing freelancer for IGN covering everything electronics and gaming hardware. He has over 10 years of experience in the tech industry with bylines at PCMag, Reviewed, CNET, and more. Find Mark on Twitter @Techn0Mark or BlueSky at @Techn0Mark.

  •  

Rogue One Director 'Very Happy to Move On,' from Star Wars as Jurassic World: Rebirth Launch Nears

Gareth Edwards, director of Rogue One: A Star Wars Story, has said he's "very happy to move on" rather than return to a galaxy far, far away.

Rogue One received mostly positive reviews when it launched in December 2016, while spin-off Disney+ series Andor has become one of the franchise's most critically-acclaimed projects ever.

Still, Edwards, whose next project Jurassic World: Rebirth launches on July 2, has said he is unlikely to ever return to direct another Star Wars project. "I'm very happy to move on and do my thing," Edwards told Business Insider.

"It's the thing that was in my life before I knew what a film was," Edwards said, suggesting he still held a fondness for the Star Wars series in general. "It's like your mom; it's like something that's a part of you. I'm always fascinated by what they're doing. I never stop loving that trilogy."

Despite Rogue One's reception, production on the film — as with fellow Star Wars spin-off Solo — experienced a few bumps along the way. Indeed, Rogue One required five weeks of reshoots after principal filming wrapped, with additional story and a tweaked ending added by Tony Gilroy, who also joined the project as a second-unit director. (Gilroy, of course, also then went on to create Andor.)

"I'm very grateful that people say nice things," Edwards said of Rogue One's general reception among audiences now. Does he concur that the film is the best Star Wars project under Disney's ownership? "I don't agree with it, but I appreciate it," he noted.

Keen to see what Edwards is up to now? Well, the latest Jurassic World: Rebirth trailer involves a prickly scene with a Spinosaurus that's well worth a watch — though it probably also deserves a spoiler warning.

Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

  •  

Sam Raimi's Spider-Man Trilogy — Including Newly Retitled Spider-Man 2.1 — to Rerelease in Theaters This Fall

Get your webbing ready, because you’re going to want to swing by your local theater this fall to see Sam Raimi’s Spider-Man trilogy when it returns for a limited weekend showing courtesy of Fathom Entertainment.

The engagement begins on September 26 with Spider-Man, but the next day has a special treat. On September 27, theaters will screen Spider-Man 2 — but in a new 4K edition of the extended cut, newly retitled Spider-Man 2.1. This is the first time that the cut, which includes deleted and extended scenes, will be screened theatrically. Finally, the trilogy will conclude on September 28 with screenings of Spider-Man 3.

“The success of Spider-Man in 2002 helped launch the modern era of superhero films. To this day, Tobey Maguire’s take on Spider-Man resonates across generations,” Chief Executive Officer of Fathom Entertainment Ray Nutt said in a statement issued to Variety.

“At Fathom Entertainment, we celebrate fandom and I am delighted that ‘Spider-Man 2.1’ in 4K will make its theatrical debut, a true gift for longtime fans and a thrilling discovery for new ones.”

The engagement will have encore screenings the following weekend, October 3-5, just in case you miss the original weekend or need to get in for a second marathon.

Fathom has been doing a lot of cool theatrical rereleases engagements lately — and it has even more on the horizon. It rereleased Indiana Jones and the Last Crusade in June and has Clueless coming up after that. Additionally, it plans to show Rocky IV, The Sound of Music, Sunset Boulevard, and One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest in the near future.

Tickets for the Spider-Man trilogy engagement go on sale on July 25.

Photo credit: CHRISTOPHE SIMON/AFP via Getty Images.

Lex Briscuso is a film and television critic and a freelance entertainment writer for IGN. You can follow her on Twitter at @nikonamerica.

  •  

Fortnite Tournament Cheat Forced to Pay $175K Banned From Game 'Forever'

A Fortnite player who consistently cheated in competitive tournaments has been handed a huge fine and banned from the game "forever," developer Epic Games has said.

Sebastian Araujo from Lomita, California, was sued by Epic after participating in 839 cash tournaments within just four months, while using a device designed to evade Fortnite's anti-cheat detection.

According to Epic, which won its legal action against Araujo this week after he attempted to ignore the lawsuit, the player's winnings amounted to "at least $6,850." That's no small amount, but his fine now is 25 times higher: an enormous $175,521.

How has Epic landed on such a figure? Court documentation shared with IGN shows the developer demanded the statutory minimum $200 fine for each violation of the game's copyright for all 839 tournaments Araujo took part in — for a total of $167,800. The remainder of the fine is then mostly attorney fees and costs.

"While the Court notes the amount sought by Plaintiff exceedingly surpasses Defendant's alleged actual gain, $6,850, Defendant took significant measures to conceal the true scope of his cheating activities by creating multiple fake accounts and employing a hardware spoofer to circumvent detections," the court documentation reads.

Further examination shows Epic had pushed for an even higher fine — with an additional $100,000 penalty in statutory damages for copyright infringement — though it's here that the judge decided this amount would have been "excessive" versus Araujo's actual ill-gotten gains.

If it feels like Epic is making an example out of Araujo, then it wouldn't be the first time. Back in February 2025, Epic humiliated another Fortnite tournament cheater by forcing them to post a public apology video acknowledging they had cheated, and were similarly now banned for life.

As with that case, the money Araujo must now pay will be donated by Epic to Child's Play, a charity dedicated to improving the lives of children by providing access to toys and games.

Both cases follow a promise made back in November 2024, when Epic said it was "ramping up legal action against both players who cheat and cheat sellers," as it sought to bolster "competitive integrity in tournaments."

This latest public announcement, eye-watering fine and lifetime ban are all likely designed to act as deterrants for any other players with ideas of doing the same.

Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

  •  

John Cena Insists 'There Is No Way' He'll Return to WWE After He Retires at the End of 2025

It’s easy to forget these days that actor John Cena has his roots elsewhere — but the now beloved movie star recently opened up about whether or not he’d ever return to the WWE after his upcoming retirement tour.

"There is no way," Cena recently revealed on Good Morning America. "There is absolutely... I don't want to speak in absolutes, because I don't want to close any opportunity, but I made a promise to the fans who've allowed me to be here for a quarter of a century. They allowed me to sit with you today. I wouldn't want to disrespect them like that. This is an event — when people attend, it's very exclusive."

The wrestler, who is considered one of the greatest of all time, also noted that he didn’t want to “ruin” the connection he’s built with fans throughout his career for the “selfish gain” of picking back up again after announcing his decision to step back from the sport.

"Speaking to a retired athlete, I think you intrinsically know when your instinct says, 'I'm a step slower.' It's then just a battle of, 'How long do I fight those red flags before it could be counterproductive?'" Cena said of the end of his 25-year career. "I still look good, I still feel good, I still feel like I can perform at a WWE level, but I also think it's time for me to step aside and let the young talent step forward."

That said, he "wanted to do something that's never been done" to mark the final stage of his wrestling life, so he set out on a massive goodbye tour.

"I said for the year I'd perform in 36 states," he told the audience at GMA. "We're halfway through, and I think nobody thought I was serious. And now that we're halfway through and people really understand that my last match is in December and it's time for me to move on, the audiences have been electric."

In March, we reported on how John Cena followed up his shock heel turn at WWE Elimination Chamber by posting a Grand Theft Auto 6 image on social media, showing he was well aware of the meme.

For the uninitiated, the 12-year wait for Rockstar to release GTA 6 has spawned a meme in which people highlight the surprising things they got before GTA 6’s release date.

In this case, it was a John Cena heel turn — his first in 20 years and a narrative shift many thought would never happen. To put it in other words, Cena, the WWE's superstar ‘good guy,’ the Make-A-Wish world record holder and all-round much-loved wrestler and actor, became a WWE ‘bad guy’ before we got GTA 6.

Cena will wrestle his final bout before retirement in December. As for his acting career, he can be seen next in the upcoming action comedy Heads of State, which will be released on July 2 on Prime, and then in Peacemaker Season 2 on August 21.

Photo by Rich Freeda/WWE via Getty Images.

Lex Briscuso is a film and television critic and a freelance entertainment writer for IGN. You can follow her on Twitter at @nikonamerica.

  •  

Arnold Schwarzenegger's Pick for Worst Terminator Movie of All Time Is No Surprise: 'It Doesn't Make Any Sense'

What’s the worst Terminator movie of all time? Fans have debated this question for years. James Cameron’s 1984 thriller The Terminator, and its blockbuster follow-up, 1991’s Terminator 2: Judgment Day, are considered two of the greatest sci-fi films ever made, and neither should be considered here. But that still leaves four Terminator sequels to sort.

Here are all the Terminator films released so far:

So, this really comes down to four movies: Terminator 3; Salvation; Genisys; and Dark Fate, all of which were poorly received. Terminator fans have been ordering this list of films from best to worse for years, but now Arnold Schwarzenegger, The Terminator himself, has had his say — although I think his answer is packed full of bias.

The 77-year-old actor and former Governor of California declared a winner (loser?) on Watch What Happens Live with Andy Cohen while promoting Fubar Season 2.

"I would say the worst was probably the No. 4, because that was done during the time I was governor and I was not in it," Schwarzenegger said.

That’s Terminator Salvation, which stars Christian Bale and Sam Worthington but not, as Arnie points out, Arnie himself. Well, Arnie didn’t act in the movie — a CGI version of Arnie as the Terminator turns up briefly to throw Bale around a room. It's the best bit of the film.

“How do you do a Terminator movie without me being in the Terminator movie?” Schwarzenegger wondered. “It doesn’t make any sense. It’s impossible!”

Not only was Terminator Salvation poorly received, but it made less money at the box office than expected. It wasn’t until 2015 — six years later — that another Terminator movie came out (the similarly poorly received Genisys), this time with Schwarzenegger in it. But that made little difference to the film's reception, which was savage. Salvation is currently the only Terminator film to date not to feature Arnold Schwarzenegger.

In the interview, Schwarzenegger joked that in response to Salvation, he threatened to pass a law while governor forbidding movies that “suck.”

“I called immediately,” he laughed. “I said, ‘I’m gonna pass a law that says it’s forbidden to do movies that suck!’”

In truth, Schwarzenegger’s pick here comes as no surprise, and it’s not even the first time he’s criticized Salvation. Whatever your pick, it seems there’s little life left in Terminator, despite similar 80s and 90s sci-fi franchises such as Alien and Predator enjoying a resurgence. The last movie Cameron directed in the franchise was Terminator 2: Judgment Day. He had no involvement with the three sequels that followed but returned as a producer on Terminator: Dark Fate — a movie he said he was "reasonably happy" with, though he admits it might have worked better without the original stars.

In 2022, Cameron said another Terminator reboot was "in discussion," but nothing was set in stone, and we’ve heard nothing since. He said at the time: "If I were to do another Terminator film and maybe try to launch that franchise again, which is in discussion, but nothing has been decided, I would make it much more about the AI side of it than bad robots gone crazy."

Photo by Tolga Akmen/Anadolu Agency/Getty Images.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

  •  

8 Expert Tips for Shopping Amazon Prime Day Deals Like a Pro

I have been shopping Amazon's Prime Day sale every year since it first started back in 2015 and professionally writing about the deals it brings for almost as long. Finding the best discounts during a sale as vast as this can be difficult, especially if you're going in blind. Some of the biggest price cuts are hidden in coupons, promotions, and lightning deals that can shift at the drop of a hat. Amazon is even adding new midnight deal drops into the mix this year, only furthering the mayhem.

That being said, there are a few things you can keep in mind to find the best Prime Day deals available in 2025 without going over budget. With a bit of planning ahead and the help of a deal-hunting expert, you can come out of Prime Day feeling like you've won something. With higher tariffs set to resume in August, there's a lot riding on this year's Prime Day deals if shoppers want to save as much as possible this year.

1. Set a Spending Budget

Whether you're doing holiday shopping way early or just looking to buy a few items you've been needing this summer, budgeting is perhaps the most important thing you can do ahead of Prime Day. Online retailers like Amazon set up their pages to ensure you spend as much money as possible, and if you aren't careful, your cart can quickly become a lot fuller than you originally planned. Deciding how much you can realistically spend during Amazon Prime Day is a great way to limit yourself.

2. Make a List of What You Actually Want to Buy

One of the biggest dangers of deals shopping on Prime Day is that Amazon will customize your experience to maximize how many purchases you make in one session. One second you're browsing the best TV deals and the next second you're buying a whole pile of discounted socks and an electric toothbrush. This can quickly become expensive if you aren't careful, so making a list of things you specifically want to buy on Prime Day ahead of time is a great way to combat this. And if a Prime Day deal doesn't seem as good as Black Friday pricing, then it's okay to wait a few more months to make that purchase.

3. Compare Sale Prices and Check Historical Pricing

One of the dangers of shopping Amazon Prime Day sales is that you end up looking only at Amazon. Just because something is currently discounted on Amazon doesn't mean it isn't cheaper somewhere else or won't drop in price later on. You can usually compare prices on products across various retailers with a simple Google search. Most of the major retailers also price match if you can find it cheaper somewhere else. Both the Walmart Deals event and Target Circle Week will be running concurrently with Prime Day this year, and they will often match or lower prices on products to compete with what Amazon is putting on sale during that two day period.

4. Don't Hesitate on a Good Lightning Deal

Prime Day can be a fairly competitive time for consumers, especially when it comes to lightning deals. Although there are some deals and sales that stay consistent throughout both days during Prime Day, many of the biggest discounts may only exist until they are fully claimed. If you see a really good deal on something, you should try to snatch it up before it's gone. Lightning deals can appear on just about every item during Prime Day, but some of the most common ones are on physical media, TVs, phone accessories, and workout equipment.

In addition to ligtning deals, 2025 will also bring new midnight deals drops every day of the sale. Amazon has stated you can expect these to be brand-themed from popular companies like Levi's, Samsung, and Kiehls and that the deals will only last one day or until stock is depleted.

5. Do Your Own Research

If you have a general idea of what you want to buy on Prime Day but don't know specifically what brand or product to get, it's very important to take the time and do your own research. This can be done fairly with a few simple Google searches such as "best TV for gaming" or "best budget gaming laptop". From there you should be able to narrow down the brands and models that fit your needs best. You should apply this same thinking once you find a decent deal on a product by looking up professional reviews of those products. This will usually give you a better idea of what you're buying versus relying on Amazon reviews that are built into the shopping experience.

6. Follow a Trusted Source on Social Media

There are many deals that come and go fairly regularly, and unless you plan on keeping tabs on all of the major retailers ongoing, you may end up missing out on some great discounts and lightning deals. It may be overwhelming to keep up, but one way to avoid this is to follow a trusted deals source on the social media platform of your choice. This can help you stay up to date on the latest Prime Day deals without having to constantly dig for them yourself.

7. Don't Forget to Check for Coupons

A fairly common mistake online shoppers can make on Amazon is to miss obvious savings simple because they forgot to check a box before putting something in their cart. Amazon will often have coupons available that make a sale even better, so make sure you check the price details before you make a purchase. There will also sometimes be really good promotions, like Amazon's buy one, get one free sales that they often run as early Prime Day deals that you won't want to miss.

8. Follow Safe Shopping Guidelines

What do we mean by "shop safely" exactly? When you're busy adding things to your wish lists and to your online carts for Prime Day and beyond, you may be eager to quickly check out and move onto the next thing. Before you make your online purchases, here are some safety tips to consider:

  • Ensure there's a secure connection in your browser's URL field, especially if you're on public and/or free Wi-Fi. (In Chrome, there's a locked icon for example to the left of the URL 🔒).
  • As always, be cautious of new phishing and spam emails landing in your inbox. Don't trust any email that looks off to you whatsoever, and avoid clicking any links in emails that appear even somewhat spammy. It's getting harder to recognize what's real from what's a scam, so be careful, especially during popular deals days like Amazon Prime Day.
  • Another piece of advice when online shopping is to ensure your auto-populated passwords and your security settings are up-to-date in whatever browser you use. As a Google user, you can manage your passwords and strengthen your security at Passwords.Google.com, which we'd definitely recommend doing before you get to shopping! You can also consider selecting "Sign in with Apple" or "Sign in with Google" when relevant for creating accounts so you don’t have to create yet another new login. Lastly, there's always 2-Step Verification, a proven way to protect your Google account when logged in and keep the internet safer from cyberattacks in general.
  • Another autofill-related tip is to try using virtual card number (in Chrome), which allows you to use your autofill payment card information when checking out. Google will allow the option to generate the unique virtual card number which keeps your actual payment card number hidden. This can be especially important when making a transaction on a new site you haven't visited prior.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior SEO Strategist and Writer at IGN who has spent a good chunk of his career finding deals on tech and physical media online. He has been professionally working in commerce journalism since 2017 when he first broke into the industry.

  •  

Warhammer 40,000: Darktide Sees Big Player Boost After Arbites Class Launch, but Monetization Complaints Continue as Dev Sells Helmet With a Raised Visor for $5

Warhammer 40,000: Darktide has seen a big boost in players after launching its first new class, but complaints over monetization have continued especially after developer Fatshark released a version of the Arbitrator's default helmet with its visor up for $5.

This week’s Battle for Tertium update, which arrived alongside the new Adeptus Arbites class DLC, reworked the core player experience to provide a new, clearer narrative focus for the co-op first-person melee / shooter hybrid.

Players now experience a linear campaign with new mission debriefs and embedded cinematics. It’s designed to “ease in new players and gradually unlock features that were previously gated by character level,” Fatshark has said.

But the big draw for veteran players was the release of the Adeptus Arbites class, and it appears to have done the trick. This $11.99 DLC looks like it’s sparked the interest of players who have stuck with the game since its troubled launch, as well as convinced lapsed players to dip back in.

Following the launch, Darktide hit a peak concurrent player count of just over 43,000 on Steam, the highest it’s been on Valve’s platform for over two years. And this doesn’t even paint the whole picture of the game’s success, given it’s also out on console.

In a statement provided to IGN, Product Marketing Manager Rodrigue Delrue said Fatshark had noticed the uptick, but failed to say exactly how many were playing Darktide across PC and console.

“We’ve seen a high level of engagement across all platforms, even if we don't have exact numbers to share at this time,” Delrue said. “What’s important is that the community remains active and passionate, and we’re incredibly thankful for that.”

However, there is one sticking point: monetization. Darktide’s Adeptus Arbites DLC launched alongside a fresh round of premium cosmetics, bought with the in-game currency called Aquilas (the Aquila is the ancient symbol of the Imperium of Man in the Warhammer 40,000 universe). And within that monetization debate, one item in particular has set the community off: a helmet with its visor up.

This helmet, specifically for the Arbitrator, is identical to the default visor-down helmet you get with the new class. So, you’re paying 900 Aquilas (approx. $5) just to lift your visor up.

As you’d imagine, this hasn’t gone down well with some Darktide players. “We've reached the current peak of Fatshark greed,” reads one thread on the Darktide subreddit, upvoted 3,000 times.

“Yeah, it’s bulls**t that this wasn’t just included alongside the otherwise identical default visor-down helmet,” said one player. “Just give me a button push that lets me do this,” suggested another. “I’m just glad the visor up isn’t default and they make you pay for down,” joked one fan. “You mean I have to pay extra to actually see my character’s ugly face? I was buying skins to cover it up.”

IGN put the complaints about this cosmetic and Darktide’s monetization generally to Fatshark, and Delrue explained the studio needs to sell items in order to continue working on the game, but took the feedback on board.

“Cosmetic pricing is always a balancing act,” Delrue said. “As a live service game we want to be able to keep working on the game while respecting what players feel is fair value. We appreciate when these topics are brought up, these conversations help us better understand what the community values and helps inform how we approach cosmetics going forward.”

The question now is, how much longer will Fatshark continue to work on adding new content to Darktide, which is approaching its third birthday? Delrue pointed to the studio’s continued support of the even older Warhammer game, Vermintide, as evidence of its commitment to its players, and even confirmed more new classes are on the way.

“Since launch, we’ve continuously supported Darktide with free updates — and that commitment isn’t changing,” Delrue said. “As we’ve shown with Vermintide, we’re in this for the long haul. Players can naturally expect ongoing support, including new classes and additional free content as the game continues to evolve.”

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

  •  

Microsoft Updates Xbox 360, Adds Xbox Series X/S Adverts

There's a brand new update for your Xbox console — but probably not the one you're expecting.

If you still have an Xbox 360 plugged in, Microsoft has issued a fresh system patch that makes a couple of tweaks to the aging console's main dashboard — most notably, the addition of a big advert for Xbox Series X/S.

Microsoft now seems keen for anyone still using an Xbox 360 to leave the classic console behind, with adverts showing the company's range of Xbox Series X/S models alongside the suggestion that users "upgrade today" to "experience next-gen performance." Shouldn't that technically be next-next-gen?

The update even provides a handy QR code to scan, so you can quickly load up the Microsoft Store and browse the company's recently-increased console prices.

Microsoft finally shut down the Xbox 360's Marketplace last year, stripping out Xbox 360 dashboard elements linked to the store in the process. Today's update makes the whole thing look a little neater.

Happy to stick with the Xbox 360? The update also includes a welcome fix for the console's main game tile, which previously displayed stretched artwork.

Xbox 360 turns the ripe old age of 20 later this year, having originally launched on November 22, 2005. But while Microsoft has long since moved on from the console, it's seemingly aware there are still some owners with the veteran console plugged in.

Response to the surprise update has been positive for those still making use of their Xbox 360 consoles. "Finally it looks better!" wrote one fan on reddit. "At least it doesn’t look depressing anymore," wrote another.

"I had to jump on and see if myself," wrote a third user. "It is why I love Xbox. They could have easily left us with a s****y dashboard. But they listened. They didn’t have to do it but they did."

Earlier this month, Xbox lifted the lid on the next Xbox-branded bit of hardware, the handheld Xbox Ally X from Asus, and here's everything you need to know. It's also working on brand new, next-gen consoles, although we don't have a release window yet.

Image credit: Trackwalker

Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

  •  

Dune: Awakening Patch 1.1.0.17 Makes Big Changes To Improve Deep Desert Endgame Experiences For All Players

Funcom is updating Dune: Awakening almost faster than we can write about it. No sooner had we introduced you to its Public Test Client and news that the studio was trialling extending the PvE zone of the Deep Desert from about 10% of the map to 50%, Funcom has dropped an update to confirm that the change will be rolling out for all players from today, June 26.

"The PvE area has been adjusted to encompass the entire southern half of the Deep Desert map," Funcom confirmed in its latest patch notes, below. "This means that players who have no interest in PvP should be able to find what they want without engaging in PvP. Imperial Testing Stations, caves, and so forth found in this area are thus now PvE."

"Rest assured that we will continue to listen to your feedback and make adjustments in the future," the team said.

It follows an AMA in which the studio told players frustrated by the endgame experience that it was "formulating a plan" to improve PvP in the Deep Desert. Previously, players branded the endgame as "toxic" due to griefing even after patching out the ability for players to squish other people with their Ornithopter

"We want PvE players to be able to play the endgame and have access to the content of the endgame," said creative director Joel Bylos. "Our goal is not to force PvE players to interact with a PvP system that they may have no interest in.

"We still believe in the core concept of the Deep Desert — an endlessly renewing location that resets every week and creates an activity loop for great rewards. The tension of heading out there, head on a swivel, eyes peeled for foes as you enter the most dangerous part of the most dangerous planet in the universe. Our wish was that players would embrace this loop, forming guilds to work together to overcome the bleakness of the Deep Desert."

For those wondering, yes, Control Points and Shipwrecks will continue to be PvP "throughout the entire map," which means you will find "localized pockets of PvP within the PvE section still. Similar to how Shipwrecks are PvP in Hagga Basin." Work has also begun on changing the Ornithopters; equipping a rocket launcher module will now decrease the top speed of your Scout Orni by 20%, and Assault Ornis by 10%.

After the patch has been applied, players will also be able to report other players’ messages from the text chat or report them by using the Inspect menu.

Dune: Awakening Patch Notes 1.1.0.17

Deep Desert

As outlined in A message from the Creative Director on PvE and PVP » Dune: Awakening, this hotfix will see the first iteration of the changes to the balance between PvE and PvP in the Deep Desert. Rest assured that we will continue to listen to your feedback and make adjustments in the future.

  • The PvE area has been adjusted to encompass the entire southern half of the Deep Desert map.
    • This means that players who have no interest in PvP should be able to find what they want without engaging in PvP. Imperial Testing Stations, caves, and so forth found in this area are thus now PvE.
    • Control Points and Shipwrecks will, however, continue to be PvP throughout the entire map, which means you will find localized pockets of PvP within the PvE section still. Similar to how Shipwrecks are PvP in Hagga Basin.
  • To retain the Risk vs Reward setup for the Deep Desert:
    • The density of resources increases the further north you go. This includes high-density clusters of valuable resources.
    • The largest spice fields will also spawn in the north.
    • The majority of Control Points will exist in the northern part.
  • As part of these changes, we have made some balancing adjustments in the Deep Desert:
    • The lower half of the Deep Desert now offers PvE loot that is balanced toward shared loot and PvE activities. You may find better loot in the more dangerous PvP area located further north on the map. In the PvE area, for example, each player gets their own loot and can expect to receive one schematic. In the PvP area, loot is distributed on a “first come, first served” basis, with higher quantities of everything. Players can expect to find 2–6 schematics there, which are among the rarest.
    • Plasteel plates can only be found in PvP zones.
    • The amount of active medium spice fields has been reduced from 8 to 5.
    • The number of active small spice fields has increased from 20 to 22.
    • The spawn rate of Titanium and Stravidium has been reduced in the PvE areas so that large quantities only spawn in the far-out PvP areas.
    • The number of nodes in resource hotspots in the PvE part of the map has been reduced.
    • The respawn time of Titanium and Stravidium has increased from 30 to 45 minutes.
  • Some Imperial Testing Stations are still in the PvP region, and players who want all schematics available each week will want to visit both the PvP and PvE Imperial Testing Stations. Keep in mind the loot in them rotates each week, so even if you’re not interested in PvP, you could obtain it at a later date if you’re not able to trade for it or buy it off the Exchange.

Vehicles

  • We have begun work on the outlined changes to the Scout Ornithopters.
    • Equipping a Rocket Launcher Module will now decrease the top speed of your Ornithopter.
      • For Scout Ornithopters, the reduction is 20%.
      • For Assault Ornithopters, the reduction is 10%.
    • Infocards for the modules now reflect this change.
  • Exiting ornithopters mid-air will now cause them to drop straight down instead of gliding away. This should decrease the chance that you lose your ornithopter upon disconnecting from the game or exiting by accident your ornithopter mid-air (yes, we have seen the videos).
    • Known issue: There is an edge case that if your vehicle ends up in the quicksand you might not be able to interact with it if you are in the quicksand. The workaround is to try to get on top of the vehicle to interact with it. This will be fixed in the very next patch.

Visiting

  • We removed the restrictions when visiting other sietches. Before this change, players had their “home” sietches, and could visit other sietches in their world but couldn’t claim land. Now, any player can go to any sietch in their world and claim land wherever they want.

Technical and stability

  • Increased game stability.
  • The latest NVIDIA driver was added to the GPU driver check at the game launch.

Other

  • We have introduced Player Reporting, allowing players to now report other players’ messages from the text chat or report players from the Inspect menu on players.

FIXES

Technical and stability

  • As a continuous effort, we have closed several exploit vulnerabilities.
  • Fixed an issue where a specific type of network issue would cause players to be stuck in an infinite loading screen.
  • Fixed an issue where some players could experience a client freeze when traveling between Deep Desert servers.

Combat

  • Fixed an issue where players performing a melee attack could get obstructed by corpses lying on the ground.

User Interface

  • Fixed an issue where the guild faction alignment was not localized on the Guild Overview tab.
  • Fixed an issue where players could encounter a black screen if they skipped the cinematic at “The Wreck of the Hephaestus”.
  • Fixed an issue where several Sandbike research schematics failed to mention the Imperial Testing Stations as the primary source.

Travel

  • Fixed an issue where players could use an ornithopter pilot service to fly from the cities to Hagga Basin if they had arrived in a city with their ornithopter.

Miscellaneous

  • You will no longer lose learned emotes when respec’ing your skill tree.

Dune: Awakening has enjoyed a superb launch, with a 'very positive' user review rating on Steam. Within hours of going live on June 10, Funcom's survival MMO had clocked up over 142,000 concurrent players on Valve's platform, and hit a new high earlier this month of 189,333 players. And it's already clocked up over 1 million players, too, making it Funcom's fastest-selling game ever, and securing a Great 8/10 in our review.

If all that's got you interested but you're not sure where to start, make sure to check out all the Dune: Awakening classes you can choose from, and keep an eye on our Dune: Awakening walkthrough for a step-by-step guide to the story. We've also got Dune: Awakening resource guides that'll help you find iron, steel, aluminium, and a Dune: Awakening Trainers locations guide to help you survive on Arrakis.

Vikki Blake is a reporter for IGN, as well as a critic, columnist, and consultant with 15+ years experience working with some of the world's biggest gaming sites and publications. She's also a Guardian, Spartan, Silent Hillian, Legend, and perpetually High Chaos. Find her at BlueSky.

  •  

Mark Hamill Discusses His 'Much, Much Darker' Head Canon for Why Luke Skywalker Has Become a 'Suicidal Hermit' in Star Wars: The Last Jedi

Mark Hamill has spoken in detail about the backstory he made up for Luke Skywalker as we see him in Star Wars: The Last Jedi, after moving to clarify his dissatisfaction with Rian Johnson’s story.

Hamill has made no secret of his disagreement with Luke’s on-screen motivations for exiling himself and becoming the hermit Rey meets in 2017’s The Last Jedi. As Skywalker explains in the movie, he blames himself for Ben Solo turning to the Dark side of the Force, which drives him to quit the Jedi. When Rey tracks Luke down in a bid to recruit him into the Resistance, he refuses.

Now, eight years after that movie came out, Hamill has gone into detail on his head canon for why Luke abandoned the Jedi.

Speaking in an interview on Bullseye with Jesse Thorn to promote his new movie, The Life of Chuck, Hamill was asked about how uncomfortable he was when he found out Luke had exiled himself in The Last Jedi.

Hamill’s response started with him insisting he’s a big fan of Rian Johnson, and indeed thinks he made “a great movie.”

“Here’s the thing, and I’d love to clear this up: Rian Johnson is one of the most gifted directors I’ve ever worked with,” Hamill said. “He’s amiable, he’s fun on set, he’s smart. He made a great movie. I think the staging of the stand-off between Kylo Ren, Adam Driver and I at the end, is so well staged. The foreshadowing that I’m not really there. Adam wipes the snow away and you see the red planet beneath, I wipe the snow and it’s just snow. That’s so subtle. I love Knives Out and Brick and Looper. He’s one of my favorite directors.

“And the fact that I went public with my dissatisfaction with the motivation for Luke becoming a suicidal hermit might have colored things in a way that, maybe I should have kept that to myself. But I kept saying to Rian, ‘This would just make Luke double down even…’ and he said, ‘Well, your class at the Jedi Academy were wiped out.’”

This is in reference to the scene in which a young Ben Solo brings a building down on Luke Skywalker, tears a Jedi temple apart and murders his students before running away to eventually become Kylo Ren.

“I said, ‘Rian, I saw entire planets wiped out! If anything, Luke doubles down and hardens his resolve in the face of adversity.’ So that’s all,” Hamill explained.

“I said, ‘Can I make up my own backstory of why he is the way he is? I don’t want to just say that I have bumped my head and I have brain damage.’ He said, ‘Yeah, do whatever you want.’ So I made up a much, much darker backstory that I thought could justify him being that way.”

Hamill then revealed this backstory, which certainly goes places:

“I thought, what could make someone give up a devotion to what is basically a religious entity, to give up being a Jedi?” Hamill began. “Well, the love of a woman. So he falls in love with a woman. He gives up being a Jedi. They have a child together. At some point the child, as a toddler, picks up an unattended lightsaber, pushes the button and is killed instantly. The wife is so full of grief, she kills herself.”

This head canon, Hamill explained, would have justified Luke’s actions and proven an adequate motivation for going into self-imposed exile.

“I thought, that would be… because I hear these horrible stories about these children who find unattended guns and wind up dead,” he continued. “That resonated with me so deeply that, that could possibly… but he didn’t have the time to tell a backstory like that, I’m guessing. He just wanted a brief thing to explain it. And to me, it didn’t justify it.

“That said — and I told him [Johnson] this — despite the fact that I disagree with your choices for Luke, I’m going to do everything within my power to make your screenplay work as best as I can. And the only thing unfortunate about that is, I’ve heard comments from fans who think that I somehow dislike Rian Johnson, and nothing could be further from the truth.”

The comments also come hot on the heels of Hamill’s confirmation that he will not return to Star Wars in a future movie, insisting: “There's no way I'm gonna appear as a naked Force ghost.”

Rey is set to return to the world of Star Wars in the Sharmeen Obaid-Chinoy-directed sequel to the universally panned Star Wars: Episode 9 - The Rise of Skywalker. It will tell the story of Rey as she looks to rebuild the Jedi Order roughly 15 years after the events of that film.

In the shorter term, The Mandalorian and Grogu is due out 2026. Star Wars: Starfighter, Shawn Levy's Star Wars movie starring Ryan Gosling, is due out in 2027.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

  •  

Dune: Awakening Dev Funcom Is Already Testing A Radical Change to the PvP Deep Desert Experience 

You may remember that Funcom recently assured Dune: Awakening players in an AMA that it was already "formulating a plan" to improve PvP in the Deep Desert, which players have previously branded as "toxic" due to griefing even after patching out the ability for players to squish other people with their Ornithopter.

In a candid letter, creative director Joel Bylos said "we want PvE players to be able to play the endgame and have access to the content of the endgame," insisting "our goal is not to force PvE players to interact with a PvP system that they may have no interest in."

"We still believe in the core concept of the Deep Desert — an endlessly renewing location that resets every week and creates an activity loop for great rewards. The tension of heading out there, head on a swivel, eyes peeled for foes as you enter the most dangerous part of the most dangerous planet in the universe. Our wish was that players would embrace this loop, forming guilds to work together to overcome the bleakness of the Deep Desert."

Bylos admitted that the "extremely competitive nature" of the Deep Desert was forcing players to engage when they may prefer PvE, and consequently, "some areas" of the Deep Desert will now be flagged as "Partial Warfare (PvE)" where players can grab rare resources without getting ambushed. The largest spice fields, shipwrecks and Landsraad control points will remain "War of Assassins (PvP)" as "high reward, high risk" areas.

And now, just two days later, Funcom's already testing some pretty radical changes.

It all comes as Dune: Awakening unveils its Public Test Client, where players can try out the latest patch and features in exchange for accepting builds may have bugs or be a little unstable. As part of efforts to make the endgame more enjoyable, the PvE area near the shield wall has been expanded to cover row A, B, C, D and half of E within the Deep Desert.

Compare that to how the PvP and PvE are balanced now where only row A is PvE, and that's essentially switching half of the Deep Desert from PvP to PvE.

As PC Gamer points out, this doesn't necessarily mean this will be applied in the final game — trying out new ideas is what test servers are for, of course — but it does at least indicate that Funcom was serious about revising the endgame experience.

Dune: Awakening has enjoyed a superb launch, with a 'very positive' user review rating on Steam. Within hours of going live on June 10, Funcom's survival MMO had clocked up over 142,000 concurrent players on Valve's platform, and hit a new high earlier this month of 189,333 players. And it's already clocked up over 1 million players, too, making it Funcom's fastest-selling game ever.

We gave Dune: Awakening a Great 8/10 in our review, writing: "Dune: Awakening is an excellent survival MMO that captures Frank Herbet’s sci-fi world incredibly well, mostly to its advantage and occasionally to its detriment. The survival climb from dehydrated peasant to powerful warlord of Arrakis is a joy almost every step of the way, and the story and worldbuilding filled this nerd with absolute joy. There’s still plenty for Awakening to work on though, as its combat never really hits its stride, the endgame is a bit of a chaotic mess not worth the effort."

If all that's got you interested but you're not sure where to start, make sure to check out all the Dune: Awakening classes you can choose from, and keep an eye on our Dune: Awakening walkthrough for a step-by-step guide to the story. We've also got Dune: Awakening resource guides that'll help you find iron, steel, aluminium, and a Dune: Awakening Trainers locations guide to help you survive on Arrakis.

Vikki Blake is a reporter for IGN, as well as a critic, columnist, and consultant with 15+ years experience working with some of the world's biggest gaming sites and publications. She's also a Guardian, Spartan, Silent Hillian, Legend, and perpetually High Chaos. Find her at BlueSky.

  •  

Nintendo Fans Upset Over Mario Kart World Patch That Makes a Big Change to Online Play — 'Thanks, I Hate It'

Nintendo has updated Mario Kart World to change how the game handles online course selection, in a move that has gone against many fans' wishes and highlighted the mixed response to the game's open world overall.

Mario Kart World version 1.1.2 was released last night, and patch notes from Nintendo state that it has "adjusted courses selected in Random when selecting next course in a wireless VS Race."

While confusingly phrased, this change looks to be a deliberate move by Nintendo to nerf the game's Random course selection option when playing in VS mode — something many fans had been using to opt out of 'intermission tracks' whenever possible.

What is an intermission track? This fan term relates to the often long stretch of open world players must travel through to get from their current location to another nearby course, before playing just one lap of its track. It's these nearby courses that the game will usually suggest as options for the next race, meaning players typically must play an intermission track, alongside the Random option which alternatively picks a course from elsewhere.

Fans had been using the Random option to deliberately skip intermission tracks where possible, hoping instead to be transported to a far-away course where they are plonked at the starting line. In these cases, players are then given the classic three-lap Mario Kart course experience.

Now, with this change, Random also picks from the nearby courses the game suggests — meaning far-away courses are no longer guaranteed to appear, and intermission tracks are now more likely.

As a lengthy thread on forum Restera states, the change goes against how many players want to play Mario Kart World online, with the ability to consistantly play three laps of a course in VS mode, rather than only one lap after a long open-world drive through an intermission track.

Nintendo seems to have made this decision in response to player behavior as, anecdotally at least, use of the Random option seemed to be on the rise. And now, the patch is prompting a backlash.

"Nintendo has basically stepped in and said 'no, you're supposed to play this way,'" wrote fan GreenMamba. "They saw players clamoring for a more traditional online mode and did... the exact opposite of what they wanted."

The change will likely also make Mario Kart World's brilliant Rainbow Road track even rarer, the user noted. Perhaps World's best course, it is only accessible from the game's main open-world when selecting its specific Grand Prix, meaning fans hoping to play it online must rely on the Random choice option and hope it eventually gets picked.

"Good luck to ever even playing Rainbow Road online anymore," GreenMamba continued. "Thanks I hate it," wrote another fan. "Let people just play three-lap courses if they want to." "I get the impression that Nintendo isn't open to feedback on this," wrote a third.

Fans have suggested Nintendo should add a bespoke three-lap VS option for those who want it, alongside the game's current offering. Others say intermission tracks should be kept to the game's Knockout Tour mode entirely.

Mario Kart World's open world is not without its charms — it can be a relaxing place to cool off after heated races, and it holds a decent number of things to discover — but fans have consistently said its lengthy sections between main track locations just aren't as good.

"The highways aren't bad — in fact some of them can be very fun — but they're often extremely wide and straight, leading to long portions of each race that aren't as demanding or enjoyable as the twists and turns of the dedicated levels," IGN wrote in our Mario Kart World review.

For now, it seems users will be seeing more of these open highways in VS mode play — though it remains to be seen what Nintendo's wider plans are for Mario Kart World over time.

Check out our Mario Kart World guide and learn how to unlock every hidden Mario Kart World character, plus how Kamek Unlocks work — you’ll need them to unlock NPC Drivers. We’ve also got a guide to all the Mario Kart World food scattered across the open world and where to find it, which will help you get all the Mario Kart World outfits and costumes permanently.

Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

  •  

Hellblade 2 Enhanced Finally Gets a PS5 Release Date — Here's What Those Enhanced Features Do

We already knew that Senua's Saga: Hellblade 2 Enhanced was on its way to PS5, and now we have a release date: August 12.

Ninja Theory's game will be available in two editions: a $49.99 standard edition, which includes the base Hellblade 2 alongside the upgrades and new features available in the Enhanced update, and a $69.99 deluxe edition, which also includes Hellblade 1 upgraded for PlayStation 5, as well as the Hellblade: Senua’s Sacrifice Original Soundtrack, "making it the perfect entry point for Senua’s journey."

Those who already own the PlayStation 4 version of Hellblade 1can upgrade to the PS5 version for free.

Don't forget that the Enhanced release and all the associated extras coming to PS5 players will also arrive as a free update on PC and Xbox Series X and S, too, including performance mode, dark rot mode — which adds an "additional challenge" — an enhanced photo mode, and developer commentary for those interested in the "craft and creative decisions" behind Senua's Saga. Here are more details on each new feature and upgrade:

  • Performance Mode – Where the original release was optimized for 30fps to deliver an immersive, cinematic experience, the Enhanced update will include a ‘Performance Mode’ to optimize for 60fps. On PC, the game will offer a “Very High’ preset to push fidelity even further based on personal hardware.
  • Dark Rot Mode – The Dark Rot from Hellblade: Senua’s Sacrifice has returned and offers an additional challenge for Senua in this optional game mode. The Dark Rot will grow each time you fail, and if it reaches Senua’s head, her quest is over and all progress will be lost.
  • Enhanced Photo Mode – the Enhanced update will include an expanded and improved toolset, including a new ‘Motion’ tab for custom cinematic video capture.
  • Developer Commentary – for those interested in the craft and creative decisions behind Senua’s Saga: Hellblade II, the Enhanced update includes over four hours of developer commentary from a variety of voices involved in the making of the game.

We thought Senua's Saga: Hellblade 2 was Great, slapping it with a well-earned 8/10, writing: "Senua’s Saga: Hellblade 2 is another Viking-worthy feast for the senses that meets the high bar set by its predecessor, even if it never really manages to clear it."

Vikki Blake is a reporter for IGN, as well as a critic, columnist, and consultant with 15+ years experience working with some of the world's biggest gaming sites and publications. She's also a Guardian, Spartan, Silent Hillian, Legend, and perpetually High Chaos. Find her at BlueSky.

  •  

Warhammer 40,000: Space Marine 2 Siege Mode Launches Alongside Game-Changing Patch 8

Warhammer 40,000: Space Marine 2’s long-awaited Siege Mode is out now across all platforms alongside Patch 8, which makes some significant changes to the game.

Siege is a take on the classic horde mode, and sees teams of three Space Marine players battle waves of Tyranids and Chaos Marines.

It’s the first significant new mode to hit Space Marine 2 since its hugely successful release last year, and for publisher Focus Entertainment and developer Saber Interactive, it will hopefully breathe new life into the explosive co-op shooter.

It’s worth noting that Saber has made some key changes to the way Siege mode works compared to the version playable as part of the Public Test Server (PTS). “The biggest criticism regarding Siege mode from the community was the wave timer limit,” Saber explained. “It exists only for technical reasons. In this build we've made some optimizations so the Siege mode can last longer.” Full details are in the patch notes below, as per Steam.

Siege mode itself, alongside its exclusive cosmetic rewards, are free, but there are new paid cosmetics (White Scars Chapter Champion and Blood Angels Customisation Pack). Elsewhere, Space Marine 2 finally has Ray Traced Ambient Occlusion (RTAO) and DLSS 4 support (better upscale, multiframe generation in Nvidia settings for 50xx series cards) on PC, and there’s the introduction of the Thunder Hammer for the Bulwark class (which the developers added simply because they thought it was cool).

As Saber has indicated, it’s working on a “very big” update for customisation that lets players reuse chapter champion armour parts on other classes (with lore accuracy, clipping and technical restrictions). It’s not in Patch 8, so perhaps we can expect it in Patch 9.

Space Marine 2 has sold an impressive 7 million copies so far. It’s done so well it “changes everything” for Saber, Chief Creative Officer Tim Willits told IGN soon after the game came out last September. It was also a big financial success for Warhammer 40,000 owner Games Workshop. CEO Kevin Rountree has said Space Marine 2 contributed significant royalty revenue to the tabletop company's business last year.

Focus and Saber surprised some Space Marine 2 fans when it announced Space Marine 3 was in development back in March, half a year after the game came out. But given the huge sales you can see why the project was greenlit so soon. "Space Marine 2 has proven to be a transformative game for Saber," Matthew Karch, CEO of Saber Interactive, said at the time. Still, Focus and Saber had to put out a statement reassuring players of its commitment to Space Marine 2, which is still working through its year one roadmap of content. Without spoiling the Space Marine 2 campaign, it strongly suggests a continuation (IGN has reported on the enemy faction we’ll probably see in Space Marine 3).

In the shorter term, Space Marine 2 players are wondering what else is coming to the game. Patch 8 does not add any new weapons or Operations mode maps, so it seems the focus here is squarely on Siege. But Saber has confirmed new content is on the way, including a new class. Season 4 also includes a new game mode for PvP and a new Chaos enemy. Check out IGN’s exclusive interview with Saber on Space Marine 2’s Siege mode for more information.

Warhammer 40,000 Siege mode and Update 8 patch notes:

New Features

  • New PvE Mode — Siege

Siege Mode expands on our PVE operations, emphasizing endless enemy waves that challenge even the strongest teams. When overwhelmed, players may call reinforcements for assistance. Engage in intense battles across three distinctive sectors, each requiring strategic adaptation. Side objectives emerge during combat, providing essential resources used to summon elite Space Marines or a formidable Dreadnought, drastically shifting battlefield dynamics.

The Battlefield

The battle unfolds within a fortified Imperial stronghold on Kadaku, relentlessly attacked by endless waves of Tyranid and Thousand Sons enemies. The fortress has three rotating sectors: Defensive Positions, the Arsenal, and the Control Room. In each sector, you will face five waves of enemies before your squad advances to the next sector, ultimately cycling back to reinforce earlier positions.

Survival Against Waves

Face increasingly challenging enemy waves, with direct assaults from Tyranids and cunning sabotage by Chaos forces. Brief (1 minute) intermissions between waves offer strategic opportunities, clearly indicated through UI notifications.

Side Objectives

Dynamic tasks such as capturing strategic points or retrieving Data-slates from fallen allies deepen tactical gameplay and supply critical resources essential for continued survival.

Shop and Reinforcements

Earn Siege Mode resources through successful combat and Side Objective completion. You can spend these resources at the fortress Shop. You can:

  1. Buy ammunition, medicae stimms, equipment, armour boosts, guardian relic (these items have the same exact behaviour as in Operations Mode).
  2. Summon specialized Space Marines providing targeted support and bonuses. Each player can have only one summoned Space Marine.
  3. Deploy Cadian Troopers to provide additional firepower.

Note about reinforcements changes from the PTS: guardsmen are now cheaper.

4. Collectively pool your resources to unleash the devastating power of a Dreadnought.

Boss Encounters

Every fifth wave introduces formidable boss battles, occasionally facing multiple elite foes simultaneously. Triumph in these encounters to progress to new fortress sectors.

Infinite Waves

If your resolve endures through fifteen brutal waves, prepare for endless combat of increasing difficulty, reduced resources, and shorter preparation times. Even the Primarch of the Ultramarines understands that ultimate victory here is unlikely — but your bravery will echo through the halls of eternity.

Note about timer changes from PTS:

The biggest criticism regarding Siege mode from the community was the wave timer limit. It exists only for technical reasons. In this build we've made some optimizations so the Siege mode can last longer.

Timer got reworked, instead of having a limited timer per wave that can get to a very short time on higher waves, there is a timer for the entire session and each time you beat a wave the timer increases.

We've also adjusted the difficulty curve of infinite waves so enemies will get stronger faster after the 15th wave. These changes will make players die in fair combat rather than due to the timer. Also, with some optimizations coming down later we think we can get rid of the timer entirely.

  • Added an option to disable bots spawn in Private Mode

Perfect if you’re looking for a challenge.

  • RTAO experimental feature added — enables in in-game video settings
  • DLSS 4 — better upscale, multiframe generation in NVIDIA settings for 50xx series cards.

New Season Pass Content

  • Added White Scars Chapter Champion.
  • Added White Scars Chapter Weapon Skin Pack.
  • Added White Scars Chapter Customisation Pack.
  • Added Blood Angels Customisation Pack.

GAMEPLAY AND BALANCING TWEAKS

Extended Weapon arsenal in PvE

  • Added Thunder Hammer for Bulwark. Picking this weapon won’t allow you to use the Storm Shield.

We are adding this option only because we think it will be very cool and it's a shame that only 1 class can use the Thunder Hammer. We are not done with Bulwark, more interesting gameplay things are to come.

New Finishers for Bulwark

  • Adding new finishers for Bulwark with shield — 1 for Hormagaunt and 1 for Tzaangor.

Terminus Update for Absolute Difficulty

  • A second Terminus can now appear during a mission.
  • Carnifex, Neurothrope and Helbrute HP increased by 33% on Absolute difficulty.
  • Level specific Terminus enemies (with the exception of the Hierophant Bio-Titan) HP increased by 66% on Absolute difficulty.
  • Additional enemy packs will appear upon Terminus enemies spawn and again when their HP is reduced to 50%
  • These additional packs are now slightly more challenging featuring more Extremis enemies
  • Mission with final bosses can now also spawn Terminus enemies (previously, missions like “Decapitation” didn't allow any Terminus spawns)".

This change is made according to the community poll that we made a while ago. We think that Absolute difficulty wasn't that hard to begin with and now with a slight power creep of constant weapons buffs, perk buffs and prestige perks the situation is much worse.

After doing multiple test we have scrapped the idea of having 2 Terminus enemies in Operations mode at the same time (except in Siege mode), because this meant that you would have to encounter them all of the time, otherwise one run with dual terminus spawns would be much harder than a run with 2 Terminus enemies spawning one by one. We are increasing the health of the Terminus enemies on Absolute difficulty because they often can die before even dealing any damage. While this may seem like it goes against poll results, keep in mind that if we had 2 Terminus enemies, that would effectively be +100% hp buff. Also we are nerfing Neurothrope base hp across all difficulty levels so its hp pool won’t become a problem for melee classes.

Instead we've tried to make Terminus spawns harder and more intense. We are going to continue to monitor how Absolute Difficulty is, and make necessary tweaks.

Prestige Perks Class Update

Bulwark Prestige Perks Update

  • “Rally Point”: The perk has been reworked. The new perk is “Emboldened Stand”.

Old: “Chapter Banner additionally removes negative Status Effects while active.”

New: “When the Chapter Banner is active, all Squad Members do not lose control upon taking Heavy Hits and cannot be knocked back within its zone.”

Assault Prestige Perks Update

  • "Boosted Recharge": The perk has been reworked. The new perk is “Unyielding Oath”.

Old: “Collecting an Armour Boost restores Ability Charge by 100%.”

New: "When charging a Ground Pound, you become Invulnerable for 3 seconds."

Sniper Prestige Perks Update

  • "Boosted Recharge": The perk has been reworked. The new perk is “Materiel Upgrade”.

Old: “Collecting an Armour Boost restores Ability Charge by 100%.”

New: "Equipment Damage radius increases by 15%."

Heavy Prestige Perks Update

  • “Restorative Capacity”: The perk has been reworked. The new perk is “Honed Precision”.

Old: ” Activating Iron Halo removes negative Status Effects.”

New: "Equipped Weapon's Maximum Spread decreases by 25% when firing without aiming."

Tactical Prestige Perks Update

  • "Skilled Supplier": Fixed a bug preventing the player from getting the maximum ammo.

Class Perks Updates

Bulwark Perks Update

Perks have been updated to reflect the addition of the Thunder Hammer to the Bulwark’s arsenal.

  • "Forward Momentum": The perk has been updated.

Old: “After a Shield Bash, Melee Damage increases by 30% for 10 seconds.”

New: "After a Shield Bash or Thunder Hammer Pommel Smash, Melee Damage increases by 30% for 10 seconds".

  • "Concussive Force": The perk has been updated.

Old: “Shield Bash deals 200% more Damage.”

New: "Shield Bash deals 200% more Damage. Thunder Hammer Pommel Smash deals 100% more Damage and deals area-of-effect Damage within a 7-metre radius. Cooldown is 5 seconds."

  • "Merciless Resolve": The perk has been updated.

Old: “After a Shield Bash, Melee Damage increases by 15%, you do not lose control upon taking Heavy Hits and you cannot be knocked back for 10 seconds”

New: "After a Shield Bash or Thunder Hammer Pommel Smash, Melee Damage increases by 15%, you do not lose control upon taking Heavy Hits, and you cannot be knocked back for 10 seconds".

  • "Focused Restoration": The perk has been buffed.

“Every 40 seconds, all Squad Members automatically restore 1 Armour Segment “ -> Cooldown decreased from 40 to 30 seconds.

Tactical Perks Update

  • "Final Shot": The perk has been reworked. The new perk is “Emperor’s Judgement”.

Old: “After a Finisher, the equipped Ranged Weapon reloads automatically.”

New:"After a Finisher, the equipped Ranged Weapon reloads automatically, and your Primary Weapon deals 20% more Damage for 10 seconds".

  • "Communion of Fire": The perk has been reworked. The new perk is “Secure Stockpile”.

Old: “Recoil is reduced by 25% and Ranged damage against Extremis-level enemies is increased by 10% for all Squad Members.”

New: “Equipment Charge is restored by 1 for all Squad Members. Cooldown is 60 seconds.”

  • "Steady Aim": The perk has been buffed.

“Weapon Spread and Recoil is reduced by 20% and Ranged Damage against Terminus-level enemies is increased by 10%” -> Ranged Damage bonus increased from 10% to 15%.

Assault Perks Update

  • "Winged Fury": The perk has been buffed

“Damage from Melee Attacks executed while sprinting or dashing increases by 40%.” -> Damage increased from 40% to 100%.

  • "Hammer of Wrath": The perk has been buffed.

“After a Ground Pound, you take 15% less Ranged Damage, do not lose control upon taking Heavy Hits and you cannot be knocked back for 10 seconds” -> Damage reduction increased from 15% to 20%. Knock back immunity duration increased from 10 to 15 seconds.

Vanguard Perks Update

  • "Moving Target": The perk has been buffed.

“Each Melee Attack you land reduces the Ranged Damage you take by 2% (up to 20%). If you do not land a Melee Attack for 5 seconds, the effect ends.” -> Consecutive hit multiplier increased from 2% to 5%. Max bonus increased from 20% to 30%.

  • "Retribution": The perk has been buffed.

“After you are grabbed or knocked back, you deal 25% more Melee Damage for 15 seconds.” -> Bonus damage increased from 25% to 30%. Duration increased from 15 to 20 seconds.

Sniper Perks Update

  • "Precision Targeting": The perk has been buffed.

“Weapon Spread is reduced by 25% and Ranged Damage against Extremis-level enemies is increased by 10% for all Squad Members.” -> Ranged Damage against Extremis-level enemies increased from 10 to 15%.

  • "Dexterous Hands": Instigator Bolt Carbine is now also affected.

“Bolt Carbines reload 20% faster, and their Weapon Spread and Recoil are reduced by 15%.”

Weapon Perks Update

Inferno Pistol Perk Update

  • "Know no fear": The perk has been reworked.

Old: “When your Health is below 10%, Reload Speed increases by 30%”

New: “If your Armour is fully depleted, Reload Speed increases by 20%.”

Neo-Volkite Pistol Perk Update

  • "Combustive momentum": The perk has been buffed.

“After a Gun Strike, heating speed increases by 30% for 6 seconds.” -> Duration increased from 2 to 6 seconds.

Combat QoL

  • If a Sniper type enemy aims at you, using Assault’s Jump Pack ability will allow you to dodge the shot. The sniper will shoot instantly, but the shot will miss.
  • Fixed an issue where Neurothropes' Warp Storm afterblasts could stun-lock the player with heavy hits. Now, afterblasts will damage the player but not control them. Additionally, Neurothropes' shots now have a slightly longer delay between them.
  • Fixed a lot of minor issues improving overall combat responsiveness

Firearms (PvE Only)

There are not many weapon balance tweaks in this patch because our statistics show that usage and win rate for all weapons is in a good spot right now. With the next big update we are going to focus on weapon versions balance inside each archetype, because this is where we see a big room for improvements.

Bolt Pistol

  • Hip-Fire spread decreased by 50%.
  • Velocity of spread increasing in minizoom state is decreased by 15%.

Inferno Pistol

  • Gun Strike Damage increased by 20%.

PvP

With the next patch we are going to take a closer look at PvP weapon balance.

  • Large amount of small fixes in level geometry collision.
  • Lots of minor fixes for private lobbies gameplay modifiers.

AI

  • Spore Mines: Explosion damage is reduced by 55%.
  • Neurothrope:
    • Health reduced by 15%
    • Temporary invulnerability is replaced with high damage resistance when it flies up from the ground.
  • Lots of minor animation fixes for various enemies.

Customisation

We are preparing a very big update for customisation, players will be able to reuse chapter champion armour parts on other classes (with lore accuracy, clipping and technical restrictions). While it's not going to be in this patch, we wanted to mention this in this patch notes to assure you that we are going to continue expanding our customization system.

  • Added Red, White and Blue weapon skins as Siege mode rewards
  • Added Prestige reward shoulder pad on left shoulder as well.
  • Added left pauldron decal "Ultramarine Sergeant".
  • Lots of other minor fixes for customizations of armour parts and emblems.

Levels

  • Large amounts of small fixes in level geometry collision and Terminus enemies getting stuck in some areas.

General Fixes

  • Fixed an issue where spore mines could spawn on top of the player.
  • Fixed several cases where contested health may decrease while performing a finisher.
  • Fixed: Combining Sniper's prestige perk Emperor's Grace with Lingering Concealment perk drains the ability charge while linger is active
  • Fixed: Weapon perk "Reloaded Restauration" was not activated by the Sniper's perk "Efficient Readiness".
  • Fixed an issue where the Bulwark perk’s “Intimidating Aura” was not triggering with a Perfect Block.
  • Fixed an issue where the Tactical’s perk’s “Battle Focus” was not triggering with a Perfect Block.

Intimidating Aura and Battle Focus are probably the most overpowered perks right now, but we think that it should still work independently from selected weapon

  • Fixed a bug with the “Final Shot” perk not increasing damage in some cases.
  • Fixed a bug affecting Heavy's “Bonds of brotherhood” perk not granting full health when the player is revived by a bot.
  • Fixed an issue provoking a game freeze on a black screen at the end of a PvE level on Xbox Series S.
  • Fixed an issue where some pick ups were inaccessible as a consequence of the interaction button failing to appear.
  • Fixed rare camera bugs after finisher.
  • Lots of minor animation fixes for the player.
  • Minor UI, sound and VFX fixes and improvements

Tech

  • Crash fixes and general stability improvements.
  • Matchmaking and network stability fixes.
  • Minor memory optimization.
  • Improvements to game modding capabilities.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

  •  

Thinking Of Modding Stalker 2? You're Probably Going To Need To Free Up Some Space — Around 700GB's Worth

S.T.A.L.K.E.R. 2: Heart of Chornobyl's 1.5 Patch is here, introducing various tweaks and fixes, but it's the first phase of GSC Game World's modding tool that's dominating our interest… and our hard drives.

"Shape the Zone in Your Way with the Stalker 2 Zone Kit," GSC Game World said. "Modify existing content or create new experiences — animations, weapons, mechanics, and even wonders of the Zone."

Sounds great, right? Which it is, if you happen to have 700GB of space free… on top of the 160GB you need to run the base game itself.

The reason, GSC said, is because as part of its partnership with the modding community, the team is sharing a slew of uncompressed files so modders are using original assets in the development of their mods, which is better for everyone, of course.

"The size of the mod kit is a result of the in-game assets being uncompressed for the mod makers," GSC told PC Gamer. "It's a big game, and the assets are many, resulting in a considerable size of the download. The Zone Kit is currently in phase one, so we'll explore the opportunities to optimize its size (if possible) in the future."

"Yeah, we launched the Zone Kit as Phase 1, because we want to develop it together with Mod Makers," a community representative explained on Reddit. "It already has a lot of features, but still this is Phase 1. On Phase 2 there will be even more things to do with the Zone via the Zone Kit."

"Underneath the technical problems that plague STALKER 2: Heart of Chornobyl is a unique greatness," we wrote in our S.T.A.L.K.E.R. 2: Heart of Chornobyl review, giving it 8/10. "It emerges as a refreshingly brutal shooter that strives to hook you with its incredible atmosphere and leave you invested by the end of this long, arduous journey." Read more on how S.T.A.L.K.E.R. 2 has changed everything for the studio amid the full-scale invasion of Ukraine here.

Vikki Blake is a reporter for IGN, as well as a critic, columnist, and consultant with 15+ years experience working with some of the world's biggest gaming sites and publications. She's also a Guardian, Spartan, Silent Hillian, Legend, and perpetually High Chaos. Find her at BlueSky.

  •  

Here's Why Nintendo Is in the Credits for PS5 Exclusive Death Stranding 2

PlayStation 5 owners who have already completed Death Stranding 2: On the Beach report a surprising inclusion within the Sony-published game's credits: Nintendo.

Specifically, the company listed within the credits is Nintendo Pictures, the Mario maker's motion capture studio it bought and rebranded in 2022.

This is the first time that Nintendo Pictures has been credited as having contributed to a non-Nintendo game since it was acquired, though as VGC reports, there may be a good reason why.

Death Stranding 2 development was underway in 2022, around the time Nintendo snapped up the company, previously known as Dynamo Pictures. Indeed, the game's reveal trailer, shown at The Game Awards 2022, features a first look at scenes with Norman Reedus and Lea Seydoux that look to have been shot using motion capture.

It seems probable, then, that Nintendo Pictures (or rather, Dynamo Pictures) was simply signed onto the project before Nintendo's purchase, and continued work on it per its contract. The company previously worked on the original Death Stranding, so it seems likely its services were retained relatively early.

Nintendo Pictures staff members who worked on Death Stranding 2 include a motion capture director, numerous motion capture editors, motion capture coordinators, and a motion capture advisor.

Since the acquisition, Nintendo Pictures has otherwise focused entirely on projects from its namesake, including Super Mario Bros. Wonder, Pikmin 4, and The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom. Whether the company will work on any other non-Nintendo projects now remains to be seen.

Getting started with Death Stranding 2? IGN previously reported on a fun opening Easter egg that's perfectly safe to try out for yourself, even if it seems risky.

Check out our Death Stranding 2: On the Beach guide for a full main story walkthrough, complete with checkmarks to track your exact progress, plus guides for Sub-Orders, Standard Orders, and Aid Requests — plus even more secrets and a cheat code! If you’re just jumping into the game, we have plenty of tips for what to do first, how to survive in combat, and how to make it through Brutal difficulty if you’re playing on the most challenging setting.

Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

  •  

The Social Network Sequel Confirmed, Focusing on Recent Facebook Controversies

The Social Network, the 2010 film which told the story of how Facebook was founded, will be getting a sequel.

Oscar-winning writer Aaron Sorkin will pen the script and direct the follow-up, Deadline has reported, with a focus on Facebook's more recent controversies.

In particular, Sorkin is believed to be focusing on events discussed in the Wall Street Journal's The Facebook Files, which published leaked documents that suggested the social network was well aware of the societal harms its algorithms were propagating.

Sorkin has previously stated that he believes Facebook contributed to the events of January 6, 2020, when rioters broke into the U.S. Capitol building, though Deadline sources have stressed this sequel will not specifically be a "January 6" movie. Instead, it will also cover the effects of social media on younger users, and those outside the U.S.

While Sorkin appears to have a story set out, the project still sounds early, with no casting yet confirmed. Will Jesse Eisenberg return as Facebook founder Mark Zuckerberg? Sorkin has mulled a sequel for a while, and Eisenberg has previously expressed interest.

"Oh, yeah," Eisenberg told IndieWire in 2019, when asked if he would return to the role in a potential sequel. "To play a good role in a popular thing is very rare. This was an opportunity to play a complicated character that you'd normally play onstage or an art film, but on a big scale. For me, that was incredibly fortunate."

Image credit: Monica Schipper/Getty Images

Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

  •  

Sony Removes Games From PS Plus — Even Its Own Games — to 'Keep the Proposition Interesting and Help People Find New Games,' Says PlayStation Exec

Video game subscription services can be great for folks who want to try loads of different games without paying full price for each one, but it stinks when a game you've been looking forward to vanishes from the service entirely. So why do companies like PlayStation and Xbox routinely remove games from services like PlayStation Plus and Xbox Game Pass, especially when it's their own, first-party games? Recently, one Sony executive provided... something of an answer, at least from the PlayStation perspective.

In a Game File interview with Nick Maguire, VP of global services at PlayStation, he was asked about the fact that PlayStation regularly delists games from the service. Just this past May, it took down over 20 games. Some of these removals make sense, such as GTA 5 — it's likely Sony's deals with third-parties have expiration dates. But it's a little more surprising to see older Sony first-party games removed, such as Infamous: Second Son, Resistance: Fall of Man, and Resistance 2.

“We've got 80 collections of games across the catalog,” Maguire responded. “So we want to keep it fresh and bring in new games. Sometimes that means taking a few games out at the same time to keep the proposition interesting and help people find new games as well.”

In the same interview, Maguire discussed PlayStation Plus' ongoing success, saying that "engagement... has never been higher." Maguire declined to speak explicitly about how pricing impacted that (subscription prices went up in 2023) and he did not offer subscriber numbers, but he did explain some of the logic behind which games Sony chooses to add. For instance, the company tries to find "a moment to grow a franchise," such as by releasing a game on the service just before its sequel launches. He also says that Sony tries to add roughly one new "classic" game per month, though they may not always meet that goal due to emulation taking time.

What it won't be doing anytime soon is what Xbox is doing, which is add its own first-party games to the service the day they come out. “We've sort of stayed true to our strategy across the board, where we're not looking to put games in day and date,” Maguire said.

Sony just announced the new games coming in July to PS Plus, which include Diablo 4, SNK’s King of Fighters 15, and Don't Nod’s Jusant.

Rebekah Valentine is a senior reporter for IGN. You can find her posting on BlueSky @duckvalentine.bsky.social. Got a story tip? Send it to rvalentine@ign.com.

  •  

The Bear Season 4 Review

This review contains spoilers for The Bear season 4, which is now streaming on Hulu.

Chef Carmen Berzatto (Jeremy Allen White) has snapped out of his funk, and The Bear is back on track – all it took was Carmy blowing his life up. With its main character’s emotional meltdown sucking the oxygen right out of his restaurant (also called The Bear) and overshadowing the progress of everyone in his circle of colleagues, family, and friends, season 3 was a major step down for FX’s culinary dramedy. Fortunately, creator Christopher Storer makes up for it by having Carmy throw himself into a course correction that becomes the central focus of season 4.

In the wake of a review that says their restaurant “stumbles with culinary dissonance,” the compounded financial consequences for Carmy and his crew are dire. Investor Uncle Jimmy (Oliver Platt) and his money guy Computer (Brian Koppelman) open season 4 with a do-or-die proposition:. The Bear has seven months to make money or they’ll have to cease operations. A countdown clock glows angrily within the kitchen, a constant reminder of what’s at stake for the restaurant and its staff.

That renewed sense of purpose inside The Bear means there’s a lot more real estate available to the whole ensemble. Their cumulative forward progress, personally and professionally, is once again important to the overall story, and a source of structure for season 4 – and these 10 episodes are better for it. Chef Sydney (Ayo Edebiri) still has that big decision looming: whether to sign her partnership paperwork at The Bear, or jump ship to run Chef Adam’s (Adam Shapiro) new place in the city. While that continues to be the most terminally stagnant plot point in the mix, Edebiri also gets to play something other than indecisive . A beautiful fourth episode (co-written by Edebiri and her co-star Lionel Boyce and directed by Zola’s Janicza Bravo) shows Syd spend a day off with her cousin Chantal (Danielle Deadwyler) and her daughter TJ (Arion King), shedding more light on her roots outside the restaurant and why she became a chef.

Richie (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) continues to wrestle with his own goals and nagging self-doubt as a leader at The Bear, and as a father in the perceived golden glow of Frank (Josh Hartnett), the “perfect stepfather.” Ebraheim (Edwin Lee Gibson) is ushered back into the spotlight as he hires the vivacious consultant Albert (Rob Reiner) to help him “create opportunity” for himself and the sandwich business. Theirs is an energetic storyline that connects the kitchen to the larger business, and folds in the antics of the Fak brothers (Matty Matheson and Ricky Staffieri) to better effect. And Nat (Abby Elliott) gets to be the empathetic momma bear for her infant and the members of her restaurant family who are suffering under The Bear’s withering financial state.

And that leaves Carmy to get back in touch with the guy we fell in love with and rooted for in the first two seasons. The obsessive, psychopathic chef of season 3 is put in the bin, shamed away by his selfish behavior and callous treatment of his team. Carmy spends a lot of season 4 mending fences at The Bear and beyond: He ghosted Claire (Molly Gordon), and it’s quite poignant to watch their life-long friendship help them overcome such a nasty romantic implosion. As he looks to his family trauma to see the source of his mistakes and make some big decisions about where he’s going next, he also turns towards his mother, Donna (Jamie Lee Curtis), to let her make her own amends.

In the new season, Storer eschews the tense oners of previous seasons and instead rewards the characters with plenty of space to be contemplative, alone or together. The former madness in The Bear’s kitchen has calmed by necessity, as the bleak fiscal outlook supersedes Carmy’s success-killing non-negotiables. The turmoil is now more interior, more personal. More than ever, Storer tucks the camera right into the actors’ faces so they can reveal the inner selves of the people they’re playing, or thoughtfully consider big choices sans dialogue. Across the board, the intimacy allows the whole cast – from the guest stars to the series regulars – to shine brightly.

There’s been no official announcement of whether or not this is the end for The Bear, but season 4 feels like a conclusion.

There’s even a return to ensemble chaos as Tiff’s (Gillian Jacobs) wedding to nice guy Frank gathers all the people who orbit and exist within this cobbled-together community of misfits in episode 7. A 180 in tone and maturity from season 2’s volatile “Fishes,” the wedding reception reveals just how far these characters have come as actual cousins mingle with “adopted” ones, exes find common ground to coexist, “uncles” take the place of birth parents, and so on and so on. It’s a hopeful showcase for this world and its extended cast.

There’s been no official announcement of whether or not this is the end for The Bear, but season 4 feels like a conclusion. Its motifs – countdown clocks, wake-up alarms, an apparent and abundant appreciation for Harold Ramis’ Groundhog Day (another story of self-improvement and broken cycles) – represent Carmy and his circle acknowledging the precious nature of time, accepted purpose, and sacrifice. Every single character has grown in some way since we first met them in season 1, and Storer is wise to leave plenty of runway for them to continue down their individual paths in the season finale. He also pulls off the difficult trick of staging a passionate confrontation between some core characters that ends up reframing so much of what we thought we knew about these endearing, emotionally constipated people. Their spoken truth is a relief to witness – necessary for them to move on with a renewed promise of hope and peace. Whether or not it’s the series finale, it attains that special alchemy of satisfying closure while leaving plenty leftover for audiences to ponder about where these characters go next.

  •  

Persona 5: The Phantom X Codes (June 2025)

If you're looking for P5X codes, IGN's got you covered! In this article, you'll find a list of all the active and working Persona 5: The Phantom X codes in June 2025 that you can redeem for free rewards and bonuses in P5X on PC, iOS, and Android. Note that there are currently no active P5X codes.

Active Persona 5: The Phantom X Codes (June 2025)

There are currently no active Persona 5: The Phantom X codes. Seeing as the game has just released in the West, it's likely we'll see at least one new code in the coming days. Stay tuned as we'll update this page as soon as new codes are released.

Note that there are some active codes for the Asia versions of P5X, but these cannot be redeemed in the global version.

All Expired P5X Codes

There are currently no expired Persona 5: The Phantom X codes as of June 2025.

How to Redeem P5X Codes

To redeem P5X codes in Persona 5: The Phantom X, follow the steps below:

  1. Complete Prologue: Discover a Secret World. This takes around 15 minutes after starting the game for the first time.
  2. Open the main menu.
  3. Click on "Exchange Code."
  4. Input your code into the box.
  5. Click on "Confirm."
  6. If your code is valid, you'll obtain your free rewards.

Why Isn't My P5X Code Working?

If the code you're trying to redeem in Persona 5: The Phantom X isn't working, it's likely because of one of three reasons:

  • The P5X code is expired
  • There's a typo in the code
  • The code is region-locked

When inputting a P5X code, ensure it's spelled correctly (for example, a zero isn't a capital O, a lowercase L isn't a capital I, etc.) and that there are no spaces before or after the code.

If your P5X code still isn't working after checking for typos, it's more than likely expired and can no longer be redeemed in Persona 5: The Phantom X.

Sometimes, the developer releases codes that can only be redeemed in specific regions, so if you find a code online that you can't redeem in your game, this could also be why.

How to Get More P5X Codes

To find more Persona 5: The Phantom X codes, the best way is to join the game's official Discord server. Codes may also be posted on the P5X X account, so we'd recommend turning notifications on for that so you can be notified every time there's a new post in case they're posted there.

Of course, you can bookmark this page too, as we check for new P5X codes regularly and update it each time there's a new code.

What is Persona 5: The Phantom X?

Persona 5: The Phantom X is a gacha spinoff of the popular ATLUS RPG, Persona 5. Like in Persona 5, you attend school and answer classroom questions, forge bonds with characters, and explore various dungeons. You pull for new characters and weapons via gacha banners, which can then be used in combat.

Meg Koepp is a Guides Editor on the IGN Guides team, with a focus on trends. When she's not working, you can find her playing an RPG or cuddling her corgi.

  •  

Death Stranding 2: On the Beach - Ending Explained

Warning: this article contains major spoilers for Death Stranding 2: On The Beach.

Hideo Kojima returns us to a world of porters, BTs, BBs, Voidouts, and more with the release of Death Stranding 2: On the Beach. As you’d imagine, it’s a story filled with complex terminologies, philosophical concepts, metaphysics, and more, but we’re here to help you make sense of it all.

So, whether you finished the sequel and need help understanding the full picture of the ending, or just looking to see how Hideo Kojima’s newest adventure unfolds, here’s our full Ending Explained for Death Stranding 2: On the Beach.

Setting the scene

Death Stranding 2 picks up 11 months after the events of the first Death Stranding. Following the successful connection of the former United States to the Chiral Network (this world’s magical internet that is helping the world rebuild following the apocalyptic titular Death Stranding), defeating the terrorist leader Higgs, and preventing his sister Amelie from destroying the world, Sam Porter Bridges attempts to settle into a quiet life with his daughter, Lou. But that idea is quickly brought to a halt by the reappearance of former accomplice Fragile and her new company, Drawbridge, when she asks Sam to head south and get Mexico back on the grid.

Upon connecting Mexico to the Chiral Network, it’s discovered that linking together a country appears to open a Plate Gate (a giant teleportation portal) to other continents. This is vital because after the events of the Death Stranding, civilization is still largely separated from each other, and Plate Gates would go a long way towards making Earth one interconnected society again.

But as Sam completes his Mexican mission, tragedy strikes when a mysterious armed group in red invades Sam’s home and kills Lou and injures Fragile, sending Sam into a depressive spiral over the loss of his child. Lost, he agrees to join Drawbridge and the crew of its ship, the DHV Magellan, on a mission to connect Australia, the destination of the Mexican Plate Gate.

Who are the Armed Red Attackers?

Knowing who attacked Lou and Fragile is the first step to understanding the ending of Death Stranding 2. The group in Red are mechanical soldiers 3D printed by a reborn Higgs, who, after the events of the first game, killed himself on his Beach only to come back as a glam rock mercenary robot hellbent on getting revenge on Sam and Fragile. This is why he attacks her and Lou.

But Higgs didn’t just come back to life by himself. His soul was revived thanks to an entity known as APAS, a private corporation that manages the automated delivery robots transporting packages around the UCA. Their goal is to connect Mexico and later Australia to the Chiral Network to open even more Plate Gates and eventually link up the whole world.

But behind the scenes, APAS is actually run by a sentient entity known as APAS 4000, which is the fusion of the APAS AI system that manages deliveries and 4000 human souls from people who were killed in a massive Voidout. Their ultimate goal is to elevate all humans into souls, preventing humanity from evolving and instead keeping them trapped in the world of the dead, stopping them from triggering another Voidout ever again. A benevolent, but ultimately misguided attempt to try and contain humanity from once again exploring the world and making connections with one another. It would keep Earth’s population safe, but at the cost of what makes them human, changing people further into digital entities in the shape of their saviors.

How Sam Defeats APAS 4000

In a game of cat-and-mouse, APAS 4000 believes it is using Sam to further its goal of one day containing humanity from ever leaving their shelters ever again. But behind the scenes, Fragile’s Drawbridge knows about this plan and is working to stop APAS 4000. Fragile and Drawbridge’s benefactor, who is eventually revealed to be former President of the UCA, Die-Hardman, as well as the crew of the DHV Magellan, were in fact connecting various settlements in Australia using a new Q-Pid. This device would sever the connection between the world of the living and the dead, and by extension, cut off APAS 4000’s connection to the world due to it being an entity made up of dead souls.

By fully connecting Australia with the new Q-Pid, APAS 4000 is split from the world of the living, and its plan to trap humanity fails.

Wait, but what about Higgs?

While Higgs may have been brought back by APAS 4000 to try and push along its plans, Higgs is by no means a lackey. Instead, Higgs uses his newfound robot body to carry out a separate, more personally fuelled plan of revenge. It was he who attacked Fragile and Lou while Sam was busy reconnecting Mexico, and eventually it’s revealed that Higgs plans to finish what he started in the first Death Stranding game and bring about the end of the world via “The Last Stranding”.

Whereas in the first game, Higgs tried to use the Extinction Entity known as Amelie to trigger the earth-ending event, this time he tries to use Tomorrow, a young woman Sam recovers from the world of the dead, who has mysterious powers that allow her to use tar to speed up decay. By using Tomorrow as an Extinction Entity, Higgs’ plan is to once and for all end human life, killing Sam and Fragile in the process. While Sam manages to defeat Higgs and finally end his apocalyptic fantasy via a combo of samurai sword duelling, electric guitar battle, and good ol’ fashioned fistfight, Higgs does succeed in completing one of his goals…

Fragile Dies

For much of Death Stranding 2, we’re made to think thatFragile survived the attack by Higgs, but Lou died. In reality, Fragile used her trans-dimensional teleportation powers to send Lou to the world of the dead, while Fragile was the one killed by Higgs. Because time dilation and the distinction between life and death are all kinds of messed up in the world of Death Stranding, the Fragile that Sam and the DHV Magellan crew have been travelling with the entire game is actually Fragile’s soul that she temporarily left behind to help Sam and the crew defeat Higgs, stop APAS 4000, and reconnect the world.

Unfortunately, her time in the world of the living is only temporary, and she dies for real at the end of the game. But what about Lou?

BB-28/Lou/Tomorrow/Louise

As it turns out, Lou was spared in the attack by Higgs in Mexico as Fragile used her powers to send Lou to another beach, effectively another dimension. Sent away by Fragile, Lou grew up in the world of the dead as manifested by the soldier Neil Vanna (more on him later). Years later, Sam Porter Bridges will end up fighting Neil in this world and inadvertently rescue Lou, who is none other than Tomorrow.

That’s right, Tomorrow is in fact the same baby Lou that Fragile sent away at the start of the game. Lou, short for Louise, is also BB-28 that Sam traveled across the UCA with in Death Stranding, and more than that, is actually Sam’s biological daughter.

The Neil, Sam, and Lucy Love Triangle

Okay, now we explain the final puzzle that ties all of Death Stranding 2 together. So Louise survives Higgs’ initial attack in Mexico and grows up to become Tomorrow. But why did Higgs want Lou in the first place?

That’s because decades ago, Sam, who I should remind you is a Repatriate — someone who can resurrect themselves thanks to the effects of the Death Stranding — was in a relationship with a therapist named Lucy. Around this time, Lucy was seeing another patient, a man named Neil Vana, who was a smuggler working for Bridges to deliver illegally acquired brain-dead pregnant women whose stillborn babies would become the very first Bridge Babies. Wracked with guilt, Neil sought the help of Lucy, who, it turns out, saved Neil when they were both children from the same village under attack by BTs.

Reunited after all those years, Neil rekindles a relationship with Lucy that becomes romantic even though Lucy was in a relationship with Sam at the time. Despite Neil and Lucy’s close relationship, Lucy chose to stay with Sam, and together they conceived a child.

Unfortunately, a baby born from a Repatriate like Sam held high value for Bridges, who were still conducting their original experiments with BBs. Once they discovered Lucy’s pregnancy, Bridges sought to take the child from her.

To protect the unborn baby Louise, Lucy convinced Neil to pretend to be the father of the child, making the baby less valuable to Bridges. Together with the baby, they would escape the city and Bridges, but would sadly never make it that far as both Neil and Lucy are killed, but not before Louise is removed from Lucy’s dying body, thus saving the baby.

Louise becomes BB-28, but is thankfully hidden away by Sam’s adoptive mother and President of the United States, Bridget Strand, keeping her hidden long enough to be reunited with Sam decades later during the events of the original Death Stranding.

As for Neil, his final act of revenge against Bridges is for his body to necrotize, therefore causing a Voidout and destroying the city and everyone in it. Meanwhile, Neil’s soul wanders the earth, unable to find peace. Similar to Mads Mikkelsen’s Cliff in the first game, Neil’s mercenary soul haunts Sam until the two men face off in a destined duel that finally gives Neil peace and Sam closure with Lucy.

Post-credits scene, and will we get a Death Stranding 3?

But that isn’t quite the end of the revelations. Yes, Death Stranding 2 does have a post-credit scene, and it features a seemingly even more grown-up Tomorrow/Louise dressed up in full porter gear, as well as inheriting Fragile’s creepy second set of hands and her smoking habit. She’s faced with a Plate Gate, perhaps signalling that she’ll follow in her father’s steps and attempt to connect another new continent to the Chiral Network. Could Death Stranding 3 have us going to Europe, Asia, or Africa, for example? And could we be playing as Tomorrow in the sequel? We certainly wouldn’t say no to playing around with her unique tar-infused martial arts skillset.

And that’s the full ending of Death Stranding 2: On the Beach explained. Be sure to check out our review to read why we loved Hideo Kojima’s newest adventure and also check out our ranking of every Hideo Kojima game.

  •  

Dune’s Denis Villeneuve Will Direct the Next James Bond Film

Amazon MGM Studios has today confirmed that Denis Villeneuve will direct the next James Bond movie.

“Some of my earliest movie-going memories are connected to 007,” said Villeneuve in a statement published in conjunction with today’s announcement. “I grew up watching James Bond films with my father, ever since Dr. No with Sean Connery. I'm a die-hard Bond fan. To me, he’s sacred territory. I intend to honor the tradition and open the path for many new missions to come. This is a massive responsibility, but also, incredibly exciting for me and a huge honor.”

Prime Video and Amazon MGM Studios boss Mike Hopkins has called Villeneuve “a cinematic master, whose filmography speaks for itself.”

“James Bond is in the hands of one of today’s greatest filmmakers and we cannot wait to get started on 007’s next adventure,” has said.

Villeneuve’s directing credentials include the Academy Award-winning space epics Dune and Dune: Part Two, plus Blade Runner 2049 and Arrival. Villeneuve also helmed the acclaimed Incendies (2010), Prisoners (2013), and Sicario (2015).

Early this year it was confirmed that Amazon MGM Studios had entered into an agreement with Michael G. Wilson and Barbara Broccoli, the long-time producers and co-owners of the James Bond franchise, for Amazon to assume creative control of James Bond going forward.

The search for someone to direct the next Bond film has been ongoing for some time. Names previously reported to have been on the shortlist included Edward Berger (director of Netflix's All Quiet on the Western Front remake), and Kelly Marcel (director of Venom: The Last Dance).

The wait for confirmation of the next Bond himself, however, continues – although one particular Brit has emerged as a clear fan favourite. Until then, Villeneuve has one more Dune movie to make.

Of course, if the wait for the next Bond film is too much to bear, 2026 is scheduled to mark the arrival of a new Bond game from Hitman developer IO Interactive – 007: First Light. You can watch the debut trailer below.

Luke is a Senior Editor on the IGN reviews team. You can track him down on Bluesky @mrlukereilly to ask him things about stuff.

  •  

The Cheapest Official Controllers I've Seen in Ages, Monster Hunter Wilds Chopped to a New Low, and More!

There’s no better time to clear your wishlist than mid-year, when sales come as thick and fast as Mario Kart blue shells. From haunting strategy RPGs to nostalgic space oddities, this idle Thursday's discounts run the full genre gauntlet. I’ve even spotted a few brand-new preorders already getting the price-drop treatment. With no more ado, let’s get amongst it.

This Day in Gaming 🎂

In retro news, I’ve used a Fire Flower to ignite a 17-candle cake for Super Smash Bros. Brawl, that chaotic crossover must-own for Wii. Brawl was a glorious celebration of Nintendo’s legacy, bringing together icons like Mario and Link and absolute dream additions like Sonic and Solid Snake in a frenetic, four-player free-for-all that my mates and I played the absolute nunchucks off.

What set Brawl apart was the sheer volume of unlockable content and a Subspace Emissary mode offering a surprisingly deep solo campaign, complete with side-scrolling levels and cinematic cutscenes. It also added layers to the Smash formula: slower physics, floatier jumps, and the divisive but game-changing tripping mechanic. Lastly and for the first time, online play let us clobber friends (and foes) across the globe. Truly a landmark love letter to gaming history that still holds a special place in my collection.

Aussie birthdays for notable games

- Super Smash Bros. Brawl (Wii) 2008. Sequel

- C&C 3: Kane's Wrath (X360) 2008. Get

- Ninja Gaiden: Dragon Sword (DS) 2008. eBay

- Doom Resurrection (PC) 2009. Get

- Shovel Knight (3DS,PC,WiiU) 2014. Get

- Nier: Automata (XO) 2018. Get

Contents

Nice Savings for Nintendo Switch

Nintendo Switch leads the charge with Fire Emblem Warriors: Three Hopes (44% off), a musou spin-off where you play as the mysterious Shez, not Byleth. Fun fact: Shez’s name is never fully explained, though fans suspect it’s a pun on “shezlong” since they rarely sit still. Also worth grabbing is Darkest Dungeon (70% off), a stress-inducing gothic roguelike where permadeath is life for masochists like me.

Expiring Recent Deals

Or gift a Nintendo eShop Card.

Back to top

Exciting Bargains for Xbox

On Xbox Series X, Metaphor: ReFantazio (57% off) brings together the Persona 5 dream team for a dark political fantasy that’s already got Atlus fans buzzing. Then there’s PGA Tour 2K25 (47% off), which adds Topgolf mode and some cheeky mid-swing trash talk.

Xbox One

Expiring Recent Deals

Or just invest in an Xbox Card.

Back to top

Pure Scores for PlayStation

Over on PS5, The Last of Us Part II Remastered (41% off) includes the roguelike No Return mode. It was designed by Naughty Dog’s younger developers to sharpen combat instincts and break up narrative pacing. Starship Troopers: Extermination (73% off) lets you yell "I'm doing my part!" while gunning down endless waves of bugs. I'd still play Helldivers 2 over it, though.

PS4

Expiring Recent Deals

PS+ Monthly Freebies
Yours to keep from Jun 1 with this subscription

  • NBA 2K25 | PS5, PS4
  • Alone in the Dark (2024) | PS5
  • Bomb Rush Cyberfunk | PS5, PS4
  • Destiny 2: The Final Shape | PS5, PS4

Or purchase a PS Store Card.

Back to top

Purchase Cheap for PC

And on PC, don’t skip It Takes Two (75% off), a BAFTA-winning co-op gem that somehow makes marital therapy fun. Also: We Love Katamari Reroll+ (75% off), originally directed by Keita Takahashi, who famously made his own baby wear a tiny Katamari helmet.

Expiring Recent Deals

Or just get a Steam Wallet Card

Laptop Deals

Desktop Deals

Monitor Deals

Component Deals

Storage Deals

Back to top

Legit LEGO Deals

Expiring Recent Deals

Back to top

Hot Headphones Deals

Audiophilia for less

Back to top

Terrific TV Deals

Do right by your console, upgrade your telly

Smart Home Deals

Back to top

Adam Mathew is our Aussie deals wrangler. He plays practically everything, often on YouTube.

  •  

Amazon Prime Day 2025: Everything We Know About the Sale So Far

Amazon Prime Day is one of the biggest sales of the year, second to only Black Friday. Although this shopping holiday was created by Amazon, it has ballooned into a much wider event. Most major retailers have already announced some sort of rival sale in 2025, and July is shaping up to be a great time to find savings this year.

I've been browsing Amazon Prime Day deals since the very first one back in 2015 and I always try to make at least one major purchase. This year, however, I'm planning on spending a lot more if the deals are actually good. The uncertainty around tariffs that are supposed to resume in August has me thinking it's probably better to buy now rather than wait for prices to go up later.

If you're hoping to plan your shopping ahead of time, we already know quite a few things about Prime Day 2025. Unfortunately, there are also still a lot of unknowns as the start date approaches.

When Does Amazon Prime Day Start in 2025?

The first thing you need to know are the actual dates for Prime Day. Amazon has announced that its Prime Day sale will start on July 8 and run through July 11 this year. This is a break from tradition as Amazon has made the switch from a two-day event to a four-day event. It's the longest Prime Day Amazon has ever had.

In addition to the Amazon sale, both Walmart and Target have announced competing events in July. The dates are slightly different and include varying start times depending on each retailer's membership plan. I'll break down those start dates for you below:

Walmart Deals Start Date - July 8-13

Walmart announced its Deals sale that starts the same day as Prime Day. However, Walmart+ members will be able to access the sale a day early on July 7. A Walmart+ membership is free to try, but early access usually requires paying the monthly subscription fee to activate.

Target Circle Week - July 6-12

Target also announced Circle Week, which starts a little bit earlier than Amazon's sale and runs a little bit longer. Similar to Prime Day, Circle Week is only available to those with a Target Circle membership. It's free to sign up, but the paid Target Circle 360 subscription will get you access to the sale on July 5, a whole day earlier.

Does Amazon Have New Deals Every Day of the Sale?

A lot of Prime Day deals will be available for the entirety of the sale, but some are more limited to specific windows of time. Amazon announced that Prime Day 2025 will be offering something new called 'Today's Big Deals' which will feature brand-specific sales that will launch at midnight each day. Amazon has stated these themed drops will come from brands like Samsung, Kiehl's, and Levi's and only last the duration of the day or until the deal runs out. This new type of sale is separate from the usual lightning deals available during Prime Day.

Which Early Deals Are Worth Shopping Today?

Amazon has already kicked off early Prime Day deals, and they are pretty much the same discounts we see every year. The best offers are on a mix of Amazon's own subscription services and devices. Examples include Audible and Kindle Unlimited subscription with extended free trials, as well as price cuts on select Amazon devices. I've gathered up some of the best early promotions going on right now above.

Do you have to be a Prime Member to shop Prime Day deals?

Amazon Prime Day is a sale meant exclusively for those with an Amazon Prime membership. That being said, there are still discounts that non-Prime members will be able to access during the event. These will be discounts on the products that Walmart, Target, and Best Buy will likely also have discounts on, so you won't necessarily need a membership to still find worthwhile savings. Though you will be locked out of any lightning deals Amazon has during the sale.

What Deals to Expect on Prime Day

While Amazon has yet to detail any specific discounts, I've covered the sale enough that I can make an educated guess about what to expect in 2025. Outside of the Amazon device deals that are already live ahead of the event, here's a snapshot of what categories are most likely to get discounts.

Video Games

There a quite a few great times to buy video games throughout the year, and Prime Day is absolutely one of them. Although you may have to shop around a bit to find the best price, you'll be able to find plenty of deals on popular games for the Nintendo Switch, PS5, and Xbox Series X.

I'd expect to see prices on popular games from last year and early 2025 drop under $30, with even older games under $20. Amazon recently started offering first-party Switch games again, but most of the deals on Nintendo exclusives will still probably be at other retailers.

Subscriptions

Although Amazon is most known as an online retailer, it also has a variety of subscription services. Prime Day is usually a great time to find discounts on streaming services via Prime Video, or even just longer free trials of Audible and Kindle subscriptions. Amazon is already offering a few extended free trials to Prime members before Prime Day even begins.

In addition to services like Audible and Kindle Unlimited, Amazon also has free games for Prime members you can already take advantage of. These deals will stick around throughout the sale.

VR Headset Deals

Although you shouldn't expect any discounts on the new Xbox edition of the Quest 3S, you can for sure expect some sort of discount on the standard Meta Quest 3 and 3S this year. These deals were some of the most popular discounts on Amazon for Black Friday last year and we expect to see similar pricing for Prime Day this year.

The most recent Meta Quest 3 deal we saw dropped the price of the 3S by $50, and that same deal will likely return. It's also possible we'll see the same discount on the PSVR2 headset from Days of Play sale earlier this year, but it's not as likely as the Quest 3 deal.

Gaming Accessories

While Black Friday is usually a better time to find discounts on popular gaming accessory brands, Prime Day is likely going to be the best time to find those discounts this year. That's largely because tariffs have already caused some major players to increase prices (Microsoft, for example). With harsher tariffs still set to resume in August, gaming accessory brands are almost certainly going to be affected.

In terms of deals you can potentially expect this year, it will likely be very similar to the PlayStation Days of Play sale for PS5 controllers and headsets. Xbox controllers will also probably get some sort of discount, though maybe not as low as earlier this year. Third-party accessories will most likely have the lowest prices, so keep an eye out for those brands when looking for Nintendo Switch 2 accessories.

TVs

Last year, Amazon discounted multiple quality OLED TVs for Prime Day. We expect to see similar deals this year, alongside great deals for anyone looking for a new gaming TV. You can expect to see TVs of all sizes on sale, from as small as 32 inches to as large as 85 inches. With Prime's free two-day shipping, your brand-new discounted TV can arrive just days after you buy it. All in all, it's one of the very best times to buy a TV outside of Black Friday and Super Bowl season.

As to what specific deals to expect, it's worth highlighting the popular LG C4 has already dropped to its lowest price for 2025. This $300 discount is a good example of what type of price reductions we'll see on last year's models for brands like LG, Sony, and Samsung.

Kitchen Applicances

Any appliances for the kitchen are always a safe bet for Prime Day sales. This includes stand mixers, air fryers, microwaves, and more. In prior years, Prime Day has also had fantastic deals on coffee makers, with hundreds of dollars worth of savings at times. Overall, if you're in need of new kitchen equipment, Prime Day is one of the best days of the year to save some cash.

Price wise, you can most likely expect roughly a 30-50% markdown on these types of smaller appliances. This varies by brand of course, so don't expect some of the higher-end products to have the same level of discounts. You'll most likely be able to get a Keurig for under $40 though.

Apple Products

Apple products are pretty much a given for Prime Day. We expect to see AirPods Pro discounted, alongside AirPods Max and other Apple headphones. Additionally, it's likely Amazon will discount a few iPad models, which makes Prime Day a perfect time to pick up a new device before Apple's big hardware event in the fall.

The newest iPad generations have already been discounted by $50 since they've been released, so you can expect that same pricing or slightly lower for Prime Day. The same goes for the latest AirPods models, which were recently heavily discounted. Major retailers tend to compete with Apple pricing during the event, so it's good to shop around to see who as the lowest prices on any given day.

Vacuums

Vacuums are a hot item every Prime Day. This includes both stick vacuums and robot vacuums, which are great for any household. Big name brands like Dyson and iRobot tend to show out for Prime Day, so we expect to see some quality deals from notable brands this July.

In the past, we've seen some older iRobot Roomba vacuums drop under $100 and that will likely be the case once again. Bissell will also usually have more niche options, like an upholstery cleaner for $90 or less, which are always best-selling items during these types of sales.

LEGO Sets

Amazon is one of the best places to buy LEGO online, and Prime Day is one of the best times to buy LEGO sets every year. There will most likely be some massive discounts on some of the most expensive LEGO sets on the market, and you can even expect some of the cheaper LEGO sets to get discounts during that time, though it won't always be listed as a Prime Day deal.

Amazon also tends to have a lot of excess stock in recently retired sets it's trying to unload. So some of the less popular sets from previous years can sometimes get a discount before they start going up in value again. We're already starting to see some early LEGO deals arrive at Amazon, like the Pixar Up House set that just dropped in price for the first time this year.

School Supplies

Considering it takes place during the middle of summer break, Prime Day is undoubtedly a great time to find discounts on back-to-school supplies. Things like clothing, writing utensils, and backpacks will all receive discounts during this time. If you're hoping to find a cheap Pokémon backpack for your kids, this is the time to do it.

It's worth noting that Target has set it sights on being the main destination for back-to-school discounts this year by claiming it will be offering "2024 prices" on things like notebooks, colored pencils, crayons, and more. Amazon will most likely match these prices.

Gaming Consoles

I don't think video game console deals will be as good as Black Friday last year, but I do think there will be at least some discounts on PS5 and Xbox consoles for Prime Day. It's consistently one of the best times to buy a PS5, a Nintendo Switch, or an Xbox console.

As for what discounts to expect, I'd guess something close to a modest $50 off on the main consoles. The PS5 Pro got its first discount during the Days of Play sale this year and it was right in that range. I'd expect to see some deals on the Switch now that the Nintendo Switch 2 is here, but those will probably be outside of Amazon.

Gaming PCs

The summer is arguably one of the best times of the year to buy a gaming PC or build one yourself. Black Friday tends to have better prices on the PC components themselves, but retailers like Amazon and Walmart will always have solid discounts on budget gaming PCs during the summer months. This is especially true during Prime Day when Amazon tends to discount brands like CyberPower and Asus.

Don't expect to find any real discounts on newer PCs with the latest and greatest Nvidia GPUs, but you should definitely be able to find something less powerful for under $1,000. I'd also expect to see price cuts on some of the more popular gaming handhelds now that the market has grown. The Legion Go, for example, recently got its biggest price cut.

4K and Blu-ray Movies

Amazon has become one of the last places you can find physical media at good prices, and Prime Day is one of the best times to buy. Last year we saw a ton of popular Blu-rays get discounts and Amazon has only increased the frequency of sales in 2025. The most recent buy one, get one 50% off sale for Father's Day is a good example of that.

As for what deals you can expect on Prime Day, it really depends on what you're looking for. Movie collections will likely see the biggest discounts, so things like The Lord of the Rings collection or the Dune franchise will likely be at or near their lowest prices. The only thing that isn't likely to be on sale are preorders for newer 4K releases like Thunderbolts* or The Minecraft Movie.

Tips for Shopping Amazon Prime Day Deals

With Prime Day less than a month away, it's a good time to start making a plan for what you want to get out of it this year. Here are a few Prime Day tips I'd suggest you consider ahead of the event:

  1. Set a Budget - Keeping track of how much money you can actually spend is important to avoid overspending. When everything is on sale, it can be easy to buy more than you really should just because things are at their lowest price of the year.
  2. Make a Shopping List - Knowing exactly what you're trying to find discounts on is a great way to avoid making unnecessary purchases. This can also make it easier for you to compare prices between retailers or set price drop alerts ahead of time.
  3. Compare Prices - Although Amazon tends to automatically price match on most things, it's still good to compare prices to other retailers before you buy. You can also use the website CamelCamelCamel to compare prices against Amazon's historical pricing.
  4. Find Unbiased Reviews - Amazon reviews have gotten somewhat better in recent years, but you should still do research outside of the site before making a decision. Seek out unbiased reviews on expensive purchases before you buy.
  5. Be Wary of Sponsored Products - Search results in Amazon include sponsored sales that may not be what you're looking for. Look for the little 'sponsored' tag before you click. You may want to scroll past those.
  6. Make Sure to Clip Coupons - One of the easiest ways to save money on Amazon that many folks seem to miss is coupon clipping. There are a ton of coupons available for Prime Members, and all you need to do is check a box on the product page for additional savings.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior SEO Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor's degree in communication and over 8 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different topics -- from TV series to indie games and popular book series.

  •  

Alienware's Newest and Most Powerful Gaming PC Drops to $4,599.99 with Free Delivery

If you're seeking the absolute best of the best in PC gaming performance, look no further. Dell has just dropped the price of its flagship Alienware Area-51 prebuilt gaming PC, equipped with the Nvidia GeForce RTX 5090 graphics card starting at $4,599.99 with free shipping. This is a competitive price - especially for an Alienware computer - compared to the similar off-the-shelf prebuilts on Amazon. The RTX 5090 is undisputedly the most powerful graphics card on the market and is pretty much impossible to find for under $3,000 by itself.

Alienware Area-51 RTX 5090 Gaming PC From $4,599.99

This least expensive Alienware Area-51 RTX 5090 gaming PC configuration is equipped with an Intel Core Ultra 7 265K processor with 240mm liquid cooling, 32GB of DDR5-6400MHz RAM, and 2TB SSD storage. For an extra $300, you can upgrade to the Core Ultra 9 285K with 360mm liquid cooling. Optionally, you can double the memory on either configuration to 64GB for just $100. The Core Ultra 9 285K is Intel's latest flagship CPU and offers stellar workstation and gaming performance. It's not quite the performance uplift we wanted from the i9-14900K, but it's still the best all-around CPU that Intel has on offer. Both systems are equipped with a massive 1,500W 80Plus Platinum power supply.

The RTX 5090 Is the Most Powerful Graphics Card Ever

The Nvidia GeForce RTX 5090 has emerged as the most powerful consumer GPU on the market. Although Nvidia has prioritized software updates, AI features, and DLSS 4 technology to improve gameplay performance, the 5090 still boasts an impressive 25%-30% uplift over the RTX 4090 in terms of pure hardware-based raster performance. The 5090 also has more (32GB vs. 24GB) and faster (GDDR7 vs. GDDR6) VRAM compared to the 4090. This GPU is extremely difficult to find at retail price and is currently selling for $3,500-$4,000 on eBay.

Check out more of the best Alienware deals

Check out our Best Alienware Deals article with all of Dell's currently ongoing deals on gaming laptops and desktop PCs. Not everyone is the DIY type. If you're in the market for a prebuilt gaming PC, Dell is one of the best brands we'd recommend. Alienware desktops and laptops feature solid build quality, top-of-the-line gaming performance, excellent cooling (further improved on the newer models), aggressive styling, and pricing that is very competitive with other pre-built options. Best of all, there are plenty of sales that happen throughout the year, so it's not difficult to grab one of these computers at considerably less than their retail price.

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn't hunting for deals for other people at work, he's hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

  •  

The Biggest Upcoming Sales Events of 2025

Although Black Friday is still the best time to buy almost everything, many other seasonal sales events have become almost as big in recent years. With pretty much every retailer planning some sort of way to attract customers throughout 2025, there are plenty of sales to look forward to this year. With some tariffs already in effect in the U.S. and more resuming in August, shoppers are looking for discounts wherever they can find them.

If you're hoping to save some money at any point this year, there are a few different sale dates worth marking on your calendar, the next one being Fourth of July sales. We've gathered some of the biggest upcoming sales events we know about to help you plan out your online (or in-store) shopping in 2025 and beyond.

1. Steam Summer Sale (June 25-July 10)

The Steam Summer sale kicks off tomorrow and it is arguably the best time to buy games all year. Atleast for PC gamers that is. The sale runs through the Fourth of July and ends just before Prime Day sales officially start at Amazon.

In the past, this sale has been an excellent source of both new and old games. You can expect to find discounts on some of the best reviewed games of 2025 as well as huge price reductions on various gaming bundles.

1. 4th of July Sales (June 30–July6)

Falling into the three-day weekend category of holiday sales, the 4th of July is a surprisingly great time to find discounts on a lot of things. Last year we saw price cuts on major electronics like TVs and gaming monitors that were just as good as Prime Day or Black Friday. All of the usual product categories that offer holiday discounts will also offer price cuts, so things like mattresses, major appliances, furniture, and clothing will all go on sale. Since it is also the first true official summer sale, you'll also usually find some good deals on things like sporting equipment and grills that you won't see again until Labor Day weekend.

You can check out some of the bigger 4th of July sales we saw in 2024 for an idea of what to expect this year. It's traditionally been one fo the best times of the year to buy a gaming monitor or TV and will likely remain that way in 2025.

2. Prime Day (July 8–11)

Amazon Prime Day is the first truly massive sales event of the year and has grown to rival even Black Friday in terms of overall discounts. Although this event originally began as an Amazon-only sale, it has quickly grown into an event that practically every other retailer participates in. Last year we saw retailers like Walmart, Target, Best Buy, and even Kohl's offer some sort of counter sale to compete with Amazon. It's one of the only times of the year where it's a good time to look to buy just about anything you would need or want.

Amazon has officially confirmed the dates for Prime Day 2025. The shopping event will take place on July 8 through July 11, making it the longest Prime Day on record. Though Walmart has also announced its competing sale and it will be two days longer and Target will be having its Circle Week at the same time. There are already quite a few early Prime Day deals available, which we've laid out below.

3. Labor Day Sales (August 25–September 1)

Following Amazon's Prime Day sale, August will have a variety of back-to-school sales. However, the final version of this, and the overall best time to shop, is when retailers switch over to Labor Day sales marketing. Similar to Memorial Day, you can expect to find great discounts on things like mattresses, clothing, LEGO sets, laptops, PCs, Apple products, outdoor gear, and just about everything else you can think of. Not only is Labor Day weekend a holiday, it is also when most students are heading back to school. Because of this, it's one of the best times to shop before Black Friday comes around in November.

Although Labor Day always falls on Monday, the actual sales usually start the week before.

4. October Prime Day Sales (Mid-October)

Although it's a fairly new thing, Amazon has started offering a Prime Day-like sale in October ahead of Black Friday deals. The online retailer doesn't call it a Prime Day sale (this sale is "Prime Big Deal Days"), but that's essentially what it is. This first started in 2022 when Amazon announced a big fall sale to get ahead of the Black Friday shopping season and has since been adopted by other major retailers.

We don't yet have a date for the sale, it usually takes place during the second week of October and runs for a couple of days. You can check out our coverage of the event in 2024 for an idea of what to expect.

5. Black Friday Sales (November 1–30)

Black Friday is the best time to buy pretty much everything, regardless of the category or retailer. It's the single biggest shopping event and if there are discounts to be had, it's almost definitely going to be sometime during this sale. Although Black Friday 2025 itself lands on November 28, the actual sale has a much larger window than that.

You can expect the first Black Friday deals to start arriving shortly after October Prime Day sales are concluded, but the general rule of thumb is that all of November will have Black Friday pricing happening everywhere. Many of the best deals will still take place on Thanksgiving and the Friday afterwards.

In terms of when major retailers will start dropping their official Black Friday sales in 2025, we will have to wait for confirmation sometime in late October. But usually, you can expect those to begin the weekend before actual Black Friday – that would mean around November 21 this year.

6. Cyber Monday Sales (November 30–December 5)

Cyber Monday began back in 2005 as a way to offer shoppers online discounts after Thanksgiving weekend so they could avoid the in-store madness. With the majority of holiday sales moving to an online platform, it has since become just as big as Black Friday. Although there are sometimes differences between Black Friday and Cyber Monday sales, they are generally the same thing. The only difference is when they actually happen.

You can expect Cyber Monday sales to kick off Sunday of Black Friday weekend, rather than actual Cyber Monday. And although the best deals will likely be on November 30 through December 1, many retailers extend their sale through the week by labeling the deals as part of Cyber Week.

7. Green Monday Sales (December 8–23)

Green Monday is actually a sales event created by eBay back in 2007. While it isn't nearly as big as Black Friday or Cyber Monday, it essentially represents the last stretch of sales before Christmas. The day itself was originally created as a way to promote the last day you could buy something online and get it shipped to you before the holidays, but thanks to faster shipping every year, that isn't necessarily as much of a problem for the bigger retailers.

In 2024, you can expect Green Monday sales to stretch pretty much right up until December 24 and maybe even through Christmas. Many retailers will label these as "last-minute" sales, but we've lumped them all into the same category.

8. New Year's Sales (December 26–January 1)

The final sales event of 2025 is centered around New Year's, but it usually starts just after Christmas. These discounts are a chance for retailers to take advantage of shoppers who are returning unwanted gifts and are now flush with extra cash. You can also expect some surprisingly good deals on older tech as these same retailers look to unload older models to make way for newer ones. Late December and early January are actually some of the best times to buy a TV or find a deal on a gaming monitor every year thanks to the proximity to CES, the annual Consumer Electronics Show.

Jacob has written for various different publications over his career covering commerce, tech, games, and entertainment. You can find the bulk of his previous work at Digital Trends and The Manual where he covered tech deals, Netflix, and food.

  •  

Best Ultrawide Monitor 2025: Immerse Yourself With These Huge Gaming Monitors

Ultrawide monitors may have been a niche in the past, but today, this spacious form factor has gone mainstream and it’s no wonder why. The extra screen real estate offers real benefits, whether you’re a gamer or an everyday computer user that’s interested in enhancing your experience in front of a screen. The best ultrawide monitors occupy multiple places in our best gaming monitor and computer monitor lists, but if you’re looking for the best of the best within this segment, look no further. These are the best ultrawide monitors of 2025.

TL;DR – These Are the Best Ultrawide Monitors:

The top ultrawide monitors offer all of the benefits of a standard monitor but with a 21:9 aspect ratio. While they are wider, they’re usually about the same height as a 23-24-inch monitor. Because of this, and the ability of different operating systems to lock windows to specific areas of the screen, they can also be a great way to replace a two-monitor setup and get rid of the distracting bezels separating two standalone monitors.

I've been testing and reviewing monitors of all kinds for years, and can confidently say that these are my favorite ultrawide options right now.

1. Asus ROG Swift PG39WCDM

Best Ultrawide Monitor

Asus has been at the forefront of the OLED gaming monitor game throughout this generation, and that also extends to ultrawides. In this case, we have the big kahuna: The ROG Swift PG39WCDM, a massive 39-inch 21:9 display with incredible brightness, contrast, and colors, fantastic responsiveness, stellar motion clarity, and a suite of features that make it hard to pass up. This is even more true now that its price has come down. As of this writing, I was able to find it for only $900, which, while expensive, is a steal for what you're getting.

If you've been on the fence about picking up an OLED monitor for yourself, it's about time to jump down. While there are still some minor drawbacks (like SDR brightness), the benefits far outweigh the sacrifices. Because each pixel is independently illuminated and controlled for brightness, it's able to offer infinite contrast for the deepest blacks and exceptional dynamic range without ever even turning on the HDR mode. When you do, you can unlock its full 1,300-nit brightness. Simply put, if you value picture quality, enjoy HDR games or movies, or just want a picture that will make you feel good about your investment. The ROG Swift PG39WCDM is a great choice.

It's not all about the picture, however. For gaming, you'll enjoy its rapid 240Hz refresh rate, which allows it to deliver exceptional motion clarity and input latency that's to the floor. This goes hand-in-hand with its naturally more responsive OLED panel, bringing total input delay down to 0.03ms. It's perfect for competitive gaming and, frankly, overkill for productivity. But any motion at all, even scrolling spreadsheets or webpages, or simply sliding your mouse cursor across your desktop, feels pleasantly smooth.

This display also packs a number of other features for gaming. It comes complete with a number of enhancements, including a Shadow Booster, Extreme Low Motion Blur (ELMB), on-screen reticles, Night Vision, and a Sniper Mode that works with the normal picture as well as its Night Vision mode. The panel itself also has a deep 800R curvature to enhance its immersiveness as it extends further into your peripheral vision.

For productivity – as well as for gaming – its integrated KVM allows you to swap platforms with a single button press. While some people might feel that its size and curvature are not ideal for productivity applications, I found the impact here to be much less significant than on other monitors with an identical curve. So clearly, Asus has done some tweaking to improve its clarity.

I was able to review the 34-inch version of this monitor and was floored. Even though it's been months since that review, it has still been my high-water mark, which makes it an easy pick for the best overall ultrawide you can get so far this year.

2. MSI Optix MAG342CQR

Best Budget Ultrawide Monitor

If you're looking for an ultrawide on a budget, it doesn't get much better than the MSI Optix MAG342CQR. At less than $300, it's not the very cheapest ultrawide you can find, but it's fully featured with a solid picture and impressive responsiveness. For the money, it's a standout value.

If I had to use a single word to describe the MAG342CQR, it would be balance. MSI clearly prioritized image quality and gaming performance, and its trade-offs all feel very fair for what it delivers in return: solid clarity, fast performance, very good colors, and a generous but not overstated curve.

Its resolution is crisp at 3440x1440 UWQHD, or ultrawide 1440p, while many "budget" ultrawides are still stuck at a wider 1080p. This is great for gaming and provides a noticeable bump to clarity without requiring a high-performance, high-cost computer to run at high frame rates. It also uses a VA panel which, while trading a bit on viewing angles and color reproduction, offers much better blacks than monitors using IPS panels (and colors still look great).

This monitor features a 144Hz refresh rate – not the highest, but perfect for gamers that aren't interested in esports-level competitive gaming – and supports variable refresh rate for smooth, tear-free gameplay whether you're gaming using an AMD or Nvidia GPU. It also has a 1500R curvature, which lands squarely in the middle-ground between "almost flat" 1800R and super-deep 800R.

So what are you trading with this monitor? Not ergonomics, like most in the budget sector. The stand offers height, tilt, and pivot so you can freely adjust it as needed. No, sacrifices really come down to peak brightness and connectivity. At 300 nits, it's bright enough to be enjoyable away from direct sunlight but will look dim if your PC is in front of a rear window. Connectivity is also limited to only HDMI 2.0 and DisplayPort 1.4, so you'll need to look elsewhere for your USB hub and headphone jack.

Still, this monitor nails what matters most and is a great choice for anyone on a budget.

3. Acer Predator X34 OLED

Best Ultrawide Gaming Monitor

It was a close call between the Acer Predator X34 OLED and the Asus ROG Swift PG39WCDM for the best choice for gamers. Ultimately, the X34 won out in the gaming-specific category due to its more traditional 34-inch size and the PG39WCDM's well-roundedness for productivity applications. The X34 is an excellent monitor across the board too, so feel free to tackle those spreadsheets and creative apps, but it's the best fit for gaming overall and that applies to competitive and single-player games alike.

It's on-paper specs compete with the best OLED monitors you can buy today. It features a resolution of 3440x1440, so games, movies, and pictures all look crisp and detailed. Its pixel-by-pixel controlled panel offers infinite contrast and a peak brightness of 1,300 nits for wide dynamic range. Blacks are pitch and highlights shine, which lends games a lifelike, immersive quality. It also runs at a 240Hz refresh rate with only 0.03ms of input latency, so ghosting and motion blur are concerns of the past.

In my review of the Predator X34 OLED, I was struck by its color reproduction. Acer has done an impressive job of dialing in its colors straight out of the box, so you won't need to worry about an aftermarket calibration if you need to use it for creative work. Even if all you're doing is gaming, which is where this monitor shines the most, you'll be impressed with how rich its colors are without touching a setting or enabling HDR.

The X34 comes with a deep dish 800R curvature. Compared to many competing monitors which might have a 1,500R or 1,800R radius, the X34's arc is much more pronounced. While this admittedly takes a bit of getting used to if you're new to this type of display, it's a boon to immersiveness as the screen seems to draw you into its center.

The biggest drawback to this display is that the text isn't quite as crisp as most similarly specced flat panel OLEDs released this year. It's still easily legible and a noticeable improvement from OLED monitors of years past that were plagued by clarity issues. But it's worth noting, if you do a lot of reading or productivity work on your monitor, as this may be slightly distracting. Still, for gaming, the Acer Predator X34 OLED is tops and well worth considering.

4. Dell Ultrasharp U3425WE

Best Ultrawide Monitor for Productivity

When I'm looking for a great productivity monitor, there are a few key things I'm on the lookout for: solid ergonomics, excellent clarity with enough screen real estate to easily take on multiple tasks at a time, wide viewing angles, and exceptional connectivity are each key to providing a great work experience. The Dell Ultrasharp U3425WE checks every one of those boxes and is the monitor to beat for productivity in 2025.

In addition to being a 34-inch ultrawide – essentially replacing two side-by-side monitors – its 3440x1440 resolution ensures that everything from text to pictures will be crisp and clear. It uses an IPS panel for wide viewing angles, and the stand offers a full suite of adjustments to quickly share your work with your colleagues. Its brightness isn't amazing at only 300 nits, but it's perfectly fine if you're not using it in direct sunlight. Still, this is the one area where I would like to see the U3425WE push a little further than it does.

What really sets this monitor apart, however, is its incredible connectivity. It features (deep breath): five USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A ports (one with BC 1.2 charging), two USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C ports with 15W PD charging, one Thunderbolt 4 (with DP Alt Mode and Power Delivery), and two upstream ports for Thunderbolt and USB to send power and data back to the host PC. It even includes a 2.5G ethernet port port, as well as HDMI 2.1 and DisplayPort 1.4 inputs, and a headphone jack. This massive array of ports allows the U3425WE to be the central hub for your computing experience, connecting to and charging multiple devices at once, and minimizing cable clutter between your laptop, desktop, and display.

This display goes a step further still by offering hardware level multi-stream transport. Without any additional software, it can partition the display in two and deliver a bezel-free multi-screen experience. If you are able to install software, I recommend picking up the Dell Peripheral Manager suite for additional partioning and customization options.

Though the monitor runs at an impressive 120Hz, it's not great for competitive gaming if you plan to multi-purpose it. Rapid responsiveness isn't on the priority list for productivity-based monitors, so instead of the 1ms or less response times, the U3425WE can only hit 5ms in its fastest mode. In its default Normal response-time mode, it clocks in at only 8ms. For single-player and slower-paced games, it's still very playable, but if you want a competitive edge, a gaming monitor is still the best choice.

For getting work done, however, this is a stellar pick, if a bit expensive. For all it offers, it's clear that Dell had the needs of desk workers clearly in its sights.

5. MSI MPG 491CQPX QD-OLED

Best 32:9 Super Ultrawide

Multi-monitor setups can be great, except for those darn bezels. This is doubly true if you like to use three monitors or are simply considering how to maximize or how to get the most space from your PC setup. Enter the MSI MPG 491CQPX QD-OLED monitor with a 49-inch corner-to-corner display and a 5120x1440 resolution display. It's the monitor to choose if you're in the market for the best super ultrawide monitor of the year.

Monitors like this aren't for everyone. At 49 inches, it is as wide as an entire desk. It is, in essence, three monitors combined into one – make that three 1,440p monitors combined into one, free of immersion-breaking bezels. Because its height is roughly that of a 24-inch display, its image clarity remains excellent, so you're not trading crispness for width.

That extra space doesn't go to waste. This is a modern QD-OLED, which means outstanding blacks, high peak brightness, and even better colors than a normal OLED. That "QD" in the name refers to Quantum Dots, a nano-layer within the screen that improves the vividness of colors and perceived brightness.

Between its 240Hz refresh rate, low input latency, and immersive size, it's a great display for gaming, but make no mistake: This monitor is great for productivity too. Taking in multiple windows, viewing complete timelines in video editing, referencing reports, spreadsheets, and sources while creating your own or taking a meeting are perfect fits for the MPG 491CQPX.

I won't sugar coat it. The first time I used a monitor of this width, I was out of my element. I review a lot of monitors and the 32:9 aspect ratio takes more getting used to than most. Its 1800R curve helps keep things crisp and productivity friendly, however, so you can go about that learning curve doing everything you normally would at your PC, making this particular learning curve easier to climb than it might otherwise.

And trust me, once you get used to it, you may never want to go back to a normal ultrawide again.

How to Choose the Best Ultrawide Monitor

Shopping for an ultrawide monitor isn’t that different from shopping for any other monitor, but there are still some key things you should look out for and keep in mind as you shop:

Size: The first thing to consider is how big of a monitor you need. Ultrawide monitors typically hover around 32-34 inches but there is a range on either side of that to meet different needs. There are also super ultrawides which use a 32:9 resolution and can replace a three-monitor setup, though these displays can be more challenging to run due to their higher resolution.

Resolution: The next thing to consider is the monitor’s resolution. Because they are essentially two monitors in one, I recommend focusing on the second figure for a quicker understanding of the level of clarity you should expect. A 2560x1080 monitor, for example, is about the same as two 1080p monitors; 3440x1440 is approximates two 1440p monitors, and so on. Remember, a higher resolution can improve picture clarity, but if you’re also planning on playing PC games on this display, those also require higher-powered hardware to achieve the same frame rates.

Curvature: Ultrawide monitors often come with curved displays but not always. The form factor lends itself to an arc and can make playing games feel more immersive. The curve of a monitor is described using an “R” value, the most common being 800R, 1500R, and 1800R. The higher the number, the shallower the curve. An 1800R curve isn’t very perceptible but an 800R curve can feel very pronounced and even make images and text appear warped. Try to see these different curves in person if at all possible.

Refresh Rate: A monitor’s refresh rate is how often it flashes its picture every second and can enhance the smoothness of motion. For productivity, the standard is 60Hz and you’ll have trouble finding anything less than that. For gaming, I recommend targeting 120Hz or higher for the best experience. Higher refresh rates, like 240Hz are often considered assets for first-person shooters where they can help improve clarity during fast motion, like rapid spins and flick-shots.

Panel Type: A monitor’s “panel” is its physical screen and there are several different technologies to choose from.

  • In-Plane Switching (IPS): This very common panel type is widely regarded for its colors and viewing angles. It’s popular among creative professionals and gamers alike, though historically has been slower and more prone to ghosting. This is a much small issue today. These panels usually use an edge-lit backlight which causes them to have lower contrast and potential for backlight bleeding.
  • Vertical Alignment (VA): VA panels are almost as common as IPS and typically offer slightly better responsiveness (though not always). Their colors and viewing angles aren’t quite as good as IPS but because they don’t use the same technology, offer much better contrast. They’re a good middle-ground between IPS and TN panels.
  • Twisted Nematic (TN): These panels are much less common today and are pretty much reserved for esports gaming monitors and very cheap, usually not very good productivity monitors. Their colors and viewing angles aren’t very good, which is why they’ve been largely phased out. I recommend avoiding this panel type unless you’re an esports gamer and need the best possible responsiveness without jumping the cost barrier to OLED. Their biggest asset is that they’re fast and don’t suffer ghosting unless it’s especially low quality.
  • Organic Light-Emitting Diode (OLED): OLED panels work differently than any of the other panels included in this list. Instead of utilizing a backlight, each pixel is independently controlled for brightness, right down to the point of completely turning off. This allows them to offer incredible contrast and wide dynamic range even in SDR mode. They also offer the best responsiveness, making them a great fit for gaming. The downside is that they typically offer worse average brightness than competing IPS or VA panels and have the risk of image retention from static elements on the screen. Though this is less of a risk than it has ever been thanks to technological advancements, OLED monitors aren’t typically considered a great choice for productivity due to this risk.

Variable Refresh Rate (VRR): Variable Refresh Rate technology allows a monitor to adjust its refresh rate to match the in-game frame rate, eliminating screen tearing. For AMD, this is known as AMD FreeSync while Nvidia’s version is called Nvidia G-Sync. These branded versions come in different tiers that add standards for display quality or require support for Low Framerate Compensation (LFC). They are both important features for gaming that lead to a smoother, more enjoyable gaming experience.

Input Delay/Response Time: This spec has to do with how fast the panel is able to change the hue of its pixels. For productivity, 5ms or less is sufficient. For gaming, target ratings of 1ms or less to reduce the likelihood of ghosting.

Ultrawide Monitor FAQ

Are ultrawide monitors good for gaming?

Definitely. Ultrawide monitors make up some of the best gaming monitors available today. The added screen real estate can make games feel more immersive an engaging. Just be aware that, though most new big games feature native ultrawide support, this isn’t the case for every game. It can be a particular issue with older titles and indie games. There are often workarounds, but if you find yourself playing mostly these types of games, I recommend researching potentially compatibility issues ahead of time.

Are ultrawide monitors good for work?

Absolutely. The added width can be a major asset to productivity since you can keep two windows side by side akin to using two monitors separately. For creative work, such as video editing, they’re also a great choice because they allow you to see more of the timeline at one time and a normal widescreen can. I do recommend avoiding monitors with deeper curves for productivity, however, as some users are sensitive to the slightly warping that can occur. Typically, this becomes an issue with 1000R or 800R rated monitors.

How much should I pay for an ultrawide monitor?

While ultrawide monitors used to be much more niche than they are today, it’s now possible to try one for yourself without breaking the bank. A good ultrawide monitor usually costs between $300 and $500, though it’s possible to spend more (and sometimes a lot more) or less depending on the features you’re looking for and what you’re willing to sacrifice.

Are budget ultrawide monitors worth it?

If all you’re looking for is the ultrawide aspect ratio, they can be! I suggest avoiding the absolute cheapest options if you’re brand new to monitor shopping and are still learning the ins-and-outs of their specs. Often, the lowest price monitors make big sacrifices in resolution, ergonomics, refresh rate, or all of the above. That said, you absolutely do not need to spend more than $300 to get a good, entry-level ultrawide monitor with adequate brightness and features.

Christopher Coke has been a regular contributor to IGN since 2019 and has been covering games and technology since 2013. He has covered tech ranging from gaming controllers to graphics cards, gaming chairs and gaming monitors, headphones, IEMs, and more for sites such as MMORPG.com, Tom’s Hardware, Popular Science, USA Today’s Reviewed, and Popular Mechanics. Find Chris on Twitter @gamebynight.

  •  

The 15 Best Racing Movies of All Time

Only a handful of films have been able to capture the adrenaline rush and adventurous spirit of motorsports, but those that have are nothing short of a thrilling, high-octane time at the cinema.

With F1 roaring into theaters, and Brad Pitt getting behind the wheel of a Formula One race car, we've scoured the past century for the best racing movies of all time, and the 15 finalists here represent a diversely entertaining collection of character dramas and contests of will.

Movies centered around cars date back to the 1920s when the U.S. was coming into its own as a car-filled nation. Cars and car films have come a long way since then, but they're still as adrenaline-pumping as ever. Major Hollywood stars like Tom Cruise, Steve McQueen, Chris Hemsworth, and Matt Damon have headlined racing films over the past century, with the drama of that world creating a "sports film" unlike all the rest. The stakes can be personal glory, scientific innovation, or—you know—busting nefarious criminal syndicates, making car-racing flicks a truly captivating sub-genre.

Here are the 15 best racing movies of all time!

The Fast and the Furious (2001)

Considering where the Fast and Furious saga went, 10 films and one spinoff later, it's easy to forget it all started with street racing in 2001's The Fast and the Furious. Things eventually became the A-Team with cars, then James Bond with cars, and now... Star Wars with cars?... so it's fun to look back at the original, which was, er, Point Break with cars. An undercover cop (the late Paul Walker) becomes part of a heist crew (led by Vin Diesel) in order to take down their hijacking ring. It's weird to call this solid action film a "humble" beginning, but things just get nuttier from here.

Fast and the Furious bloomed into an MCU-rivalling mega franchise, and its next chapter arrives sometime in 2026 with an untitled Fast X sequel confirmed. See our guide on how to watch the Fast and Furious movies in order to catch up on the series so far.

Ford v. Ferrari (2019)

James Mangold (Logan, Indiana Jones and the Dial of Destiny) crafted this Oscar-nominated story about a team of American and British engineers hired by Ford to build a race car that could defeat the famed Italian racing team of the '60s. Matt Damon and Christian Bale are at the top of the bill for this one, supported by a great ensemble that includes The Punisher's Jon Bernthal, Outlander's Caitríona Balfe, and Josh Lucas. Ford v. Ferrari is a gripping tale, blending history, design, and character.

Days of Thunder (1990)

Tom Cruise reunited with Top Gun director Tony Scott for this effective, pulse-pounding early "Tom Cruise movie" (i.e. Tom Cruise starts aloof and cocky, gets humbled and learns to not be an a-hole). Days of Thunder also was big for Nicole Kidman, breaking her in with American audiences in this flashy, fast-paced story of racing rivals Cruise and Michael Rooker, who find friendship and redemption after a big accident. Robert Duvall, Randy Quaid, and Cary Elwes also star.

Speed Racer (2008)

The Wachowskis' gonzo, hyper-color big screen adaptation of 1960s anime Speed Racer lights up like lightning, delivering a boisterous special-effects extravaganza. Emile Hirsch stars as Speed Racer, a young man whose life and love has always been racing. Born into the business, and at the helm of his Mach 5, Speed Racer turns down an offer from the head of Royalton Industries, along the way inadvertently uncovering a corporate plot to fix races. With Christina Ricci as Trixie and Matthew Fox as Racer X, this fantastical cartoon-o-lama is Formula One family fun.

Two-Lane Blacktop (1971)

A road movie and racing film in one, starring music star James Taylor and Beach Boys drummer Dennis Wilson, Two-Lane Blacktop now celebrates cult status decades later. This funny, poignant trek follows a mechanic and a driver, who race and maintain their 1955 Chevy, traveling across America with no particular destination in mind. In the years since its release, the film has also become notable as a time capsule for U.S. Route 66 during the pre-interstate highway era.

Senna (2010)

Tracking the life and death of Brazilian motor-racing champion Ayrton Senna, this documentary is a deeply engaging look at the Formula One career of the legendary racer, putting you in the driver's seat for both genuine thrills... and genuine heartache.

Gran Turismo: Based on a True Story (2023)

The real-life story of British teenager Jann Mardenborough -- a Gran Turismo player who became a professional racing car driver -- made its way to the big screen for a solid underdog racing movie starring David Harbour and Orlando Bloom. Neill Blomkamp, replacing Joseph Kosinski (who's now directed F1), helms this heartwarming story with authenticity and optimism.

Cars 3 (2017)

Cars 3 -- which some fans like the best out of the Cars trilogy -- sees (now) veteran racer Lightning McQueen in danger of being forced to retire, giving us a poignant story pulsing with dazzling animation. It's the most Pixar-feeling of the Cars movies, filled with emotional depth, standing as a triumphant improvement over Cars 2.

Winning: The Racing Life of Paul Newman (2015)

This compelling documentary from Adam Carolla chronicles the 35-year racing career of iconic movie star (and voice of Doc Hudson in Pixar's Cars movies) Paul Newman -- and his racing life as both a driver and owner. It's a loving, energetic portrait that shines a spotlight on a fascinating footnote to Newman's storied career and legacy.

Driven (2001)

Sylvester Stallone wrote and starred in (and probably ghost directed) Driven, using many of his tried and true Rocky themes in the story of a veteran race driver coming out of retirement to help a talented rookie win an auto racing championship. Envisioned as a Formula One movie, Stallone pivoted to CART (Championship Auto Racing Teams), which folded not long after the movie opened. Despite having some truly thrilling racing scenes, the film was a box-office bust.

Talladega Nights: The Ballad of Ricky Bobby (2006)

A lot of laughs can also be found on the racetrack, as demonstrated by Adam McKay's Talladega Nights, one of comedian Will Ferrell's magnificent, quotable "heyday" films. Ferrell stars as numbskull NASCAR idol Ricky Bobby -- a simple, successful idiot who falls from grace after he finds defeat at the hands of a French Formula One champion (Sacha Baron Cohen). The film's all-star ensemble includes John C. Reilly, Gary Cole, Michael Clarke Duncan, Leslie Bibb, Jane Lynch, and Amy Adams in one of the greatest comedy movies.

Rush (2013)

The MCU's Chris Hemsworth and Daniel Brühl star in this finely-tuned sports drama from Oscar-winning director Ron Howard, about the famed rivalry between James Hunt and Niki Lauda during the 1976 racing season. Strong performances and exciting, exhilarating racing scenes help push Rush past the finish line.

Check out more Chris Hemsworth movies.

Grand Prix (1966)

Winner of three Academy Awards, and directed by The Manchurian Candidate's John Frankenheimer, Grand Prix includes real-life racing footage within its reels, adding to the authenticity of the story. Following four Formula One drivers -- with an international cast including James Garner, Yves Montand, Brian Bedford, and Antonio Sabàto -- Grand Prix takes viewers through a fictionalized version of the 1966 Formula One season. A visually vibrant film, Grand Prix presented racing on the screen in a way that had never been done before.

Death Race 2000 (1975)

From the pioneering authenticity of Grand Prix to a good ol' time at the movies with Death Race 2000. David Carradine stars in this glorious Roger Corman spectacle of schlock about a dystopian future society where a casualty-filled Transcontinental Road Race entertains the masses, becoming our new national pastime. Maligned at first, Death Race 2000, which also stars Sylvester Stallone and The Karate Kid's Martin Kove, is now considered a cult classic.

Le Mans (1971)

You've seen that much of this list focuses on the '60s and '70s racing scene, with even Speed Racer being based on a racing anime from that era. Le Mans, starring Steve McQueen, is like Grand Prix in that it contains real-life racing footage amidst a fictionalized story, though Le Mans also comes with supplemental viewing in the form of the 2015 doc Steve McQueen: The Man & Le Mans, about the actor's drive (heh) to make a movie about his passion: race-car driving. Le Mans itself, too, is a must-watch for race fans.

That's it for our picks of the best racing movies of all time! Has our list revved your engine, or has your favorite missed a place on the podium? Let us know in the comments.

Looking for more movies that define their genre? Take a look at our picks for the best spy movies and the best thriller movies of all time.

New Racing Movies in 2025

F1, starring Brad Pitt. F1 follows a driver who comes out of retirement to compete alongside a rookie in Formula One and is due for release on June 27, 2025.

Note: This list was updated on June 25, 2025, with even more picks for the best racing movies. It was originally published on May 12, 2023, as a top 10.

  •  

The Thunderbolts* 4K Steelbook Is Finally Up for Preorder, and It Features Both Titles

Marvel fans looking to expand their movie collection can rejoice as physical editions of Thunderbolts* are finally up for preorder. Several versions are hitting the market, including a 4K steelbook (see here at Amazon) and a Walmart-exclusive Blu-ray, both of which are set to release on July 29.

We’ve compiled the differences between the Blu-ray and 4K steelbook so you can peruse all the details before making a commitment. In case you were curious, every listing sticks with the movie's original title.

Thunderbolts* - Collector's Edition 4K Ultra HD Steelbook

  • Collector's Edition 4K Steelbook: Amazon ($44.99) | Walmart ($44.99)
  • Standard 4K Steelbook: Amazon ($43.99)

The Thunderbolts* 4K steelbook arrives in a charcoal case, with iconic images and spray-paint markings from the film layered on top. The Collector's Edition features '*The New Avengers' on the front cover and 'Thunderbolts*' along the side. Both the Amazon and Walmart cases appear the same and cost the same, so the choice is between whichever service is more convenient for your area.

Aside from the cover art, the major appeal of the steelbook is the ability to enjoy the action flick in gorgeous 4K – just remember you’ll need a 4K set-up to make that price difference worthwhile.

As far as bonus content goes, you can find the usual suspects, including a blooper reel, a deleted scenes section and an audio commentary from the director, Jake Schreier. A series of special features have also made the cut, such as a behind-the-curtain look at Florence Pugh’s death-defying stunt, a featurette on the assembling of the Thunderbolts, and a deep dive with actor Lewis Pullman about their character’s evolution (no spoilers here!).

Thunderbolts* - Walmart-Exclusive Blu-ray

While it shares the same bonus content as the 4K steelbook, the Thunderbolts* Blu-ray features a still of the unlikely heroes it the centre, which is a nice touch. The Walmart-exclusive edition (which goes with the full 'Thunderbolts: The New Avengers' on the cover) also features a pop-up of the full squad in action.

Inside the box, you’ll get a physical Blu-ray and a digital code which can be redeemed on the ‘Movies Anywhere’ platform. The big difference, of course, is no 4K support.

We found Thunderbolts* to be a refreshing addition to the MCU. In our Thunderbolts* review, writer Clint Gage called it “the most solid the sacred timeline has felt in a little while, providing an adventure befitting its overlooked title characters.”

If you missed the movie in theaters and aren't interested in a physical copy, Thunderbolts* is set to arrive on digital platforms on July 1. At some point the movie will also join the rest of the MCU on Disney+.

If you’re looking to preserve more of your favourite films in physical form, we’re keeping track of upcoming 4K and Blu-ray releases in one handy list. This past month, we saw the Blu-ray release of Looney Tunes Platinum Collection Vol. 1 & 2, as well as a special edition steelbook for Jaws’ 50th Anniversary.

Sarah Thwaites is a freelance writer at IGN, with bylines at GameInformer, TrustedReviews, NME and more.

  •  

Dying Light: Retouched Update Isn't Coming to Nintendo Switch as Techland Denies Plans for Switch 2 Port

The Dying Light: Retouched update will add enhanced visuals and remastered audio to Techland’s original zombie parkour experience on PC and consoles tomorrow – but Nintendo Switch players won’t be able to join in on the fun.

The studio laid out all of its plans for the free update yesterday, revealing a content drop that will make the 10-year-old post-apocalyptic hit feel fresher than ever. Improved textures and lighting, as well as an audio experience that’s been completely remastered from the ground up, are just the start of what was outlined for players on PC, PlayStation 4, PlayStation 5, Xbox One, and Xbox Series X | S. Nintendo Switch, however, was left out of the lineup entirely.

IGN reached out to Techland to ask about a potential Dying Light: Retouched update for Nintendo Switch and if it’s something players can look forward to in the future. A representative for the studio tells us it’s not in the cards.

“The Dying Light: Retouched Update is not coming to Nintendo Switch,” Techland explained in an email exchange.

Dying Light first arrived for Nintendo’s original hybrid gaming platform in 2021 as an all-encompassing Platinum Edition bundle. It’s unclear how this version fared in terms of sales, but we do know its performance was affected by a ban in Germany that has rendered it unavailable to purchase digitally through the Switch eShop across Europe, Australia, and New Zealand.

Those hoping that Retouched or a similar update could instead arrive for Nintendo Switch 2 are also out of luck. For now, Dying Light is only playable on Nintendo’s new hardware via backward compatibility.

“When it comes to a Switch 2 port of the original Dying Light: We have no plans at this moment,” Techland tells us. “We're currently fully focused on delivering Dying Light: The Beast on August 22, 2025 for PC, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X|S. We have no news to share about Nintendo Switch 2 at this time.”

It means Techland’s Dying Light support for Nintendo fans remains limited to Dying Light: Platinum Edition on the original Switch. Dying Light 2: Stay Human – Cloud Version was announced for Switch in 2021 but never released despite the sequel arriving for other platforms in 2022. There’s no word on when or if it will ever be released.

Meanwhile, Dying Light: The Beast, a spinoff that puts players back in the shoes of original protagonist Kyle Crane, is set to leave out Nintendo platforms when it launches for PC, PS5, and Xbox Series X | S August 22. Dying Light Franchise Director Tymon Smektała told Wccftech last week that Techland would “love” to bring The Beast to Switch 2 but had “nothing to announce” at the time.

Dying Light: Retouched is still set to introduce a healthy number of changes to the decade-old zombie game when it launches tomorrow. You can read more about everything included in the developer’s blog post here. You can also check out our original 8.5/10 Dying Light review here.

Michael Cripe is a freelance contributor with IGN. He's best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

  •  

Riri Williams’ Most Out of Character Moment in Ironheart Is Also a Huge Missed Opportunity

This article contains spoilers for Ironheart and the Ironheart comics.

In the first episode of its initial three-episode drop, Ironheart introduces a host of shenanigans from villain The Hood’s lame introduction to the resurrection of a dead friend by way of A.I. But the silliest of them all also happens to be pretty out of character for Riri Williams and, yes, also includes Anthony Ramos’ Hood.

Episode 1 acts as a traditional premiere, re-introducing us to Dominique Thorne’s Riri (previously seen in Black Panther: Wakanda Forever) and establishing her current plight as she seeks funding to finish her prototype power suit. She wants to use the suit to offer first responders the technology they need to cut down delays in support to people in need, and the episode illustrates the reasoning behind that desire by centering on the death of Riri’s stepfather and best friend. It also manages to bring The Hood and his crew into the fray: Ramos’ villain and his right-hand man John (Manny Montana) need a tech genius to help in their ring of thefts after Rampage (Eric André) gets them caught during a job gone bad. So they trick Riri into a meeting by way of some quick cash and a faulty elevator trap.

After easily escaping the elevator, Riri meets Hood for the first time, taking his proposal to join his crew completely seriously and eventually agreeing to join him after she sees how much money she could make. This, dear reader, is nonsense, and not because our hero is being tempted by the dark side!

You mean to tell me that the same Riri Williams who met Shuri (Letitia Wright), the (at the time) Princess of Wakanda, and Okoye (Danai Gurira), leader of the Dora Milaje, and immediately called the latter ashy when she started throwing orders around, saw some ding dong in a leather cape and didn’t immediately read him to filth the moment he started talking? I simply refuse to believe it. She got Okoye for being bald and unmoisturized but had nothing to say about Captain Cloak?

Despite the marketing — and lack thereof — signaling otherwise, the first episode of Ironheart introduces what has the potential to be a decent series. But Riri’s response to The Hood’s offer isn’t just out of character, it also removes the opportunity to acknowledge the villain’s goofiness. Anthony Ramos looks straight-up ridiculous as The Hood! You’ve gotta give the audience a reason to be intimidated or otherwise engaged with a character if they’re gonna be running around looking that silly.

If you’re going to introduce some dork in a cape and not illustrate or otherwise explain why he is choosing to look so absurd, you need a character that acts as a stand-in for the audience’s reaction, especially in a ground-level show. We know The Hood uses demonic magic, based on the comics, but people being introduced to this character are literally just looking at some dude in a leather cape. We do see a small moment in the first three episodes where the mild-mannered leader takes a, uh, monstrous turn, but not until Episode 3. Until then he’s just Some Guy™. If they had let Riri say what we were all thinking, it could have saved them three episodes of people being distracted by some guy in a goofy cape.

The first three episodes of Ironheart are available on Disney+ now, with the remaining three to drop next week.

  •  

Humble Bundle Roundup June 2025: Mafia x BioShock Collection, Capcom Publisher Sale, and More

Humble Bundle has a ton of bundles that you won't want to miss in June, including a Mafia x BioShock collection, a Capcom publisher sale, and much more. Now through the end of the month, be sure to pick up bundles of games, ebooks, software, and other digital content at a deep discount to help support a wide array of charities,

You can check out our favorite Humble Bundles below, and be sure to keep checking back as we'll be adding more as they go live!

Get June's Humble Choice Benefits at a Discount, Including Warhammer 40,000: Boltgun and Legacy of Kain: Soul Reaver 1 & 2 Remastered

June is a great month to purchase a membership for Humble Choice, as it will get you access to a monthly mix of PC games, indie favorites in the Vault, up to 20% in Humble's store, and the good feeling of knowing 5% of your subscription payment will support charitable causes like The Trevor Project. The best part? The $11.99/month fee can be reduced to just $6.99 for one month with the code JUNE25 until June 30 for new subscribers!

In June, subscribers will be able to unlock Warhammer 40,000: Boltgun, Legacy of Kain: Soul Reaver 1 & 2 Remastered, Nobody Wants to Die, Dungeons of Hinterberg, Tchia, Sker Ritual, Biped, Havendock, 1 month of IGN Plus, a 1-month subscription to Boot.Dev, and more.

Mafia x BioShock Game Bundle

Ahead of Mafia: The Old Country and the next entry in the BioShock franchise, you can pay at least $18 to unlock the definitive editions of the first three Mafia games and BioShock Remastered, BioShock 2 Remastered, and BioShock Infinite. That's a $169 value that will also go to support Covenant House.

There are two tiers of unlocks for this bundle, and they are as follows;

3 Item Bundle (Pay at least $10)

  • BioShock Remastered, BioShock 2 Remastered, BioShock Infinite

Entire 6 Item Bundle (Pay at least $18)

  • 3 Item Bundle collection, Mafia Definitive Edition, Mafia II Definitive Edition, and Mafia III Definitive Edition

Capcom Publisher Sale: Resident Evil, Monster Hunter, Marvel vs. Capcom, and More

If there have been some Capcom games you've wanted to add to your collection, Humble is hosting a Capcom Publisher Sale through June 30 that can get you up to 85% off certain titles.

Some highlights include 50% of the Ace Attorney Anthology, 75% off Devil May Cry + Vergil, 58% off Dragon's Dogma 2, 75% off Monster Hunter Rise, 60% off the Mega Man Legacy Collection, first-time discounts on Humbles' Marvel vs. Capcom games, and 75% off Resident Evil Village alongside discounts on most major RE games.

Focus Entertainment Publisher Sale: Warhammer 40,000: Space Marine 2, A Plague Tale: Innocence and Requiem, and More

Focus Entertainment is offering big discounts on games in its catalog through June 30, and some of the highlights include 40% off Warhammer 40,000: Space Marine 2, discounts on both A Plague Tale: Innocence and A Plague Tale: Requiem, 67% off Atomic Heart, 60% off Aliens: Dark Descent, 82% off The Surge 1 & 2- Dual Pack, and much more.

Machine Learning, AI, and Bots by O'Reilly

If you are looking to level up your coding skills and even build your own bots, this Machine Learning, AI, and Bots by O'Reilly bundle is worth a look. For $25, you can unlock $1,182 in value by gaining access to 17 courses like Learning LangChain, The Developer's Playbook for Large Language Model Security, and more. Furthermore, this bundle supports Code for America.

There are three tiers of unlocks for this bundle, and they are as follows;

1 Item Bundle (Pay at least $1)

  • Natural Language Processing with Transformers, Revised Edition

3 Item Bundle (Pay at least $18)

  • 1 Item Bundle Course, Generative Deep Learning, and Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and TensorFlow

Entire 17 Item Bundle (Pay at least $25)

  • 3 Item Bundle Courses, Learning LangChain, AI Engineering, Prompt Engineering for LLMs, Hands-On Generative AI with Transformers and Diffusion Models, The Developer's Playbook for Large Language Model Security, Hands-On Language Models, Developing Apps with GPT-4 and ChatGPT, Prompt Engineering for Generative AI, Machine Learning Interviews, Training Data for Machine Learning, Generative AI on AWD, Architecting Data and Machine Learning Platforms, Low-Code AI, and Machine Learning with Python Cookbook

RPG Game Master Book Series

Become the best Game Master around with this RPG Game Master Book Series bundle, which includes up to 11 ebooks filled with knowledge to improve your skills and give you the tools to create unforgettable gaming experiences. Furthermore, this bundle helps support the Breast Cancer Research Foundation.

There are three tiers of unlocks for this bundle, and they are as follows;

2 Item Bundle (Pay at least $1)

  • The Game Master's Book of Villains, Minions, and Their Tactics and The Game Master's Book of Legendary Locations Sampler

4 Item Bundle (Pay at least $8)

  • 2 Item Bundle ebooks, The Game Master's Handbook of Proactive Roleplaying, and The Game Master's Book of Legendary Dragons

Entire 11 Item Bundle (Pay at least $15)

  • 4 Item Bundle ebooks, The Game Master's Book of Random Encounters, The Game Master's Book of Non-Player Characters, The Game Master's Book of Traps, Puzzles, and Dungeons, The Game Master's Book of Astonishing Random Tables, The Game Master's Book of Random Encounters Digital Map Pack, The Game Master's Book of More Random Encounters, and The Game Master's Book of Instant Towns and Cities

The Witcher x Cyberpunk 2077 by Dark Horse

If you can't get enough Cyberpunk 2077 and The Witcher in your life, this bundle will provide you with up to 25 books and comics from the CD Projekt Red franchises, offering $438 in value by spending at least $24. Not only will you get new stories in comic form, but some of the bundles include art books and more to round out your collection. Furthermore, this bundle supports SpecialEffect.

There are three tiers of unlocks for this bundle, and they are as follows;

1 Item Bundle (Pay at least $1)

  • The Witcher: Classic Collection

6 Item Collection (Pay at least $12)

  • 1 Item Bundle comic, The Witcher Volume 8: Wild Animals, Andrzej Sapkowski's The Witcher: The Edge of the World, The Witcher Volume 9: Corvo Bianco, Cyberpunk 2077: XOXO, and Cyberpunk 2077: Kickdown.

Entire 25 Item Bundle (Pay at least $24)

  • 6 Items Bundle collection, Gwent: Art of the Witcher Card Game, The Witcher Volume 7: Ballad of Two Wolves, The World of Cyberpunk 2077, The Witcher Volume 6: Witch's Lament, Cyberpunk 2077: Big City Dreams, The Witcher Volume 5: Fading Memories, The Witcher Volume 4: Of Flesh and Flame, Andrzej Sapkowski's The Witcher: A Grain of Truth, The World of the Witcher, Cyberpunk 2077: Trauma Team, Cyberpunk 2077: Where's Johnny, Andrzej Sapkowski's The Witcher: The Lesser Evil, The Witcher: Ronin (Manga), The Witcher Volume 3: Curse of Crows, The Witcher: Volume 2 - Fox Children, Cyberpunk 2077: You Have My Word, Cyberpunk 2077: Blackout, The Witcher Volume 1: House of Glass, and Cyberpunk 2077: Your Voice.

Puzzle Pizzazz

Puzzle fans, rejoice! Humble's Puzzle Pizzazz bundle is offering brainteasers and the incredibly named 'Metroidbrainias' like Homebody, Entropy Centre, and The Abandoned Planet for deep discounts through June 27. Furthermore, this bundle supports The Trevor Project.

There are two tiers of unlocks for this bundle, and they are as follows;

4 Item Bundle (Pay at least $8)

  • Paper Trail, A Guidebook of Babel, Kingsgrave, and Homebody

Entire 8 Item Bundle (Pay at least $12)

  • 4 Item Bundle collection, The Entropy Centre, The Abandoned Planet, The Star Named EOS, and Behind the Frame: The Finest Scenery

Big Bang Unreal & Unity Asset Packs Bundle

If you are more into developing games than playing them at the moment, this Big Bang Unreal & Unity Asset Packs Bundle may be for you as it offers up to a $7,440 value for those who spend at least $20.

Yes, this bundle includes up to 5,000 assets, including realistic and stylized environments, SFX packs, and more powerful tools to bring your games to life. Those who purchase will also gain access to resources, tutorials, and beta-testing-ready content to get you building ASAP. Furthermore, this bundle supports One Tree Planted.

Humble Bundle is part of IGN Entertainment, the division of Ziff Davis that includes GamesIndustry.biz, IGN, and MapGenie.

  •  

Get a Alienware Aurora R16 GeForce RTX 5080 Gaming PC For Just $2,375 (Updated With New Price Drop)

Alienware is offering competitive prices on RTX 5080 equipped gaming PCs to kick off June. Right now you can pick up an Alienware Aurora R16 RTX 5080 gaming PC for $2,349.99 shipped. This is a good price for a well-engineered gaming rig with powerful current generation components, 240mm AIO water cooling, and sensible airflow design that can handle 4K gaming at high frame rates. In the current market, buying a prebuilt gaming PC is the only way to score an RTX 5080 GPU without paying an exorbitant markup. If you were to try to find a 5080 GPU for your do-it-yourself PC build, you'll probably spend nearly as much for the GPU as you would for an entire system.

Update: Price has dropped slightly from $2450 to $2325.

Alienware Aurora RTX 5080 Gaming PC From $2,350

The GeForce RTX 5080 GPU will run any game in 4K

The RTX 5080 is the second best Blackwell graphics card, surpassed only by the $2,000 RTX 5090. It's about 5%-10% faster than the previous generation RTX 4080 Super, which is discontinued and no longer available. In games that support the new DLSS 4 with multi-frame generation exclusive to Blackwell cards, the gap widens.

Check out more of the best Alienware deals

Check out our Best Alienware Deals article with all of Dell's currently ongoing deals on gaming laptops and desktop PCs. Not everyone is the DIY type. If you're in the market for a prebuilt gaming PC, Dell is one of the best brands we'd recommend. Alienware desktops and laptops feature solid build quality, top-of-the-line gaming performance, excellent cooling (further improved on the newer models), aggressive styling, and pricing that is very competitive with other pre-built options. Best of all, there are plenty of sales that happen throughout the year, so it's not difficult to grab one of these computers at considerably less than their retail price.

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn't hunting for deals for other people at work, he's hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

  •  

The Fantastic Four: First Steps Final Trailer Reveals How Galactus Devours Earth

Marvel Studios just dropped the final trailer for The Fantastic Four: First Steps. Among other things, that trailer includes speaking lines for Julia Garner's Silver Surfer and a closer glimpse of Ralph Ineson's Galactus. The trailer stops short of showing Galactus' face (despite the fact that the movie's merch has already revealed it), but we do get a real sense of the massive scope and imposing menace of this hungry villain.

In fact, the trailer even seems to reveal exactly how Galactus plans to carry out his plan of devouring Earth in the movie. It's all thanks to one brief but important shot. Read on to learn how Galactus will eat the Fantastic Four's home planet.

How Will Galactus Actually Consume the Earth?

One of the more mysterious shots in the final trailer shows a massive device in Paris. This machine, composed of strange, arcing metal, seems to be beaming energy into the sky. Is this one of Reed Richards’ inventions? Probably not. We’d guess this device is key to how Galactus is actually going to eat the planet.

In the comics, Galactus normally relies on a device called an Elemental Converter to help him consume planets. As massive as he is, Galactus isn’t actually big enough to just swallow planets in one gulp. His Elemental Converter helps him break down the matter and organic material of a planet and convert it into sustenance to satiate his endless hunger. That’s not to say the Devourer isn’t above just literally chomping down on a planet if he’s feeling impatient, but that’s not how he normally prefers to prepare his meals.

We’re probably seeing the Elemental Converter in action in the trailer. We assume Galactus and Julia Garner’s Silver Surfer deploy these arc-like devices at various spots across the globe to begin the process of converting Earth into food. So it stands to reason that if Reed and his family have any hope of stopping Galactus, they need to strike at these machines and cut off Galactus’ food supply.

Will they actually succeed? That’s really the big question leading into First Steps (well, that and whether we’re going to see any of Robert Downey, Jr.’s Doctor Doom). Something needs to give the FF a reason to jump ship from their home universe and cross over into the MCU. We already see them fleeing to a new world in the post-credits scene of The New Avengers. Could they be escaping the destruction of their Earth at Galactus’ hands? That’s a sobering thought, and it would be an unexpected, though very interesting, way to cap off the Fantastic Four’s first MCU movie.

The Fantastic Four: First Steps hits theaters on July 25, 2025. For more on the new film, find out why it's such a big deal that Vanessa Kirby's Sue Storm is pregnant and brush up on every Marvel movie and series in development.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

  •  

This Iconic LEGO Pixar Set Is Surprisingly Cheap Ahead of Prime Day 2025

LEGO and Disney have been collaboration on new sets for years. But it was only recently that LEGO has started to move into more Disney adult market. The most recent of the LEGO Disney sets that was targeted specifically at adults was the massive Beauty and the Beast set, which is actually overwhelmingly expensive. So if you're looking for a cool build for your shelf that you can actually afford, it's better to look at some of LEGO's earlier attempts to create something that would appeal to both kids and adults.

The LEGO Up House, set 43217, was released back in 2023 and was designed as playset rather than being targeted at adults specifically. However, the end result looks like the memorable house from one of Pixar's best movies. More importantly, it's currently being discounted to just $34.99 at Amazon ahead of Prime Day.

LEGO Pixar Up House Sale at Amazon

IGN actually had the chance to build this set back when it was first released for Disney's 100th anniversary, and generally enjoyed putting it together. The one complaint we had is that the build itself lacked the amount of detail we've come to expect from a commemorative Disney set. The front of the house looks like you'd expect the house from Up to look, but it's actually open in the back and doesn't include all of the Easter eggs you'd expect to find within its interior. At 598 pieces, it's something you can easily put together in an afternoon. And at its current price, many of the minor flaws can be easily ignored.

In addition to the house itself, you get three minifigures: Carl, Russel, and of course Dug the dog. With an age rating of 9+, this Disney LEGO set is a worthy pick for a wider variety of Pixar fans. While not quite a true adult LEGO set, it looks cool enough to earn a place on your shelf or desk. And thanks to the open back and collectible minifigures it can also work as fun playset for kids.

For a beter idea of what the build looks like along the way, you can take a look at our step-by-step journey through the instructions in the slideshow below.

Also check out the new Pixar Lamp set

If you're a fan of Pixar movies and LEGO, it's also worth noting that the latest LEGO Pixar set is the lamp itself. The Luxo Jr. Set is a product of LEGO Ideas and shows the iconic mascot for the company as well as the little ball it always jumps on. At $69.99 it is a fairly affordable Disney gift, but that's partially because it doesn't actually light up.

Should You Buy LEGO Sets Before Prime Day?

While Amazon Prime Day is one of the best times to buy LEGO sets each year, the exact timing of when to buy them really just depends on when the discounts happen. The Up House set has just recently dropped to its lowest price of 2025 and probably won't go any lower by the time Prime Day arrives. It's certainly possible it could, but with this early sale I suspect Amazon will either keep the price right here or raise it closer to the event.

  •  

Deals For Today: Coke Zero, Doritos, Borderlands 4, and Pokémon Legends Z-A Preorders

It’s a tasty one today. Coke Zero is down to just $6.64 for a 12-pack over on Amazon, and you don’t even need to commit to Subscribe & Save to cash in. If your snack drawer’s looking thin, there’s also a Doritos variety pack ready to restock the goods—with all the classics and some spicy curveballs too.

TL;DR: Today's Deals

Then there’s gaming. New Borderlands 4 preorders are live, Pokémon Legends: Z-A is up for both Switch generations, and Fanatical’s still running that stellar $25.49 price for Lies of P and Overture with the FANATICAL15 code. Don’t forget the new Donkey Kong and Pauline Amiibo either — it unlocks gold tiles and looks awesome on a shelf.

Coke Zero Sugar 12 Pack

Even if you change your mind and don't want to subscribe and save, you can still get this great deal on Coke Zero when you purchase. It's Coke with zero sugar, and there's 12 cans that you can drink out of and recycle (thumbs up).

Doritos Variety Pack

Get that snack drawer stuffed up with this Doritos variety pack. There's heatwave and original as standard with some of their more novel bags of chips, and it's also on a subscribe and save deal too.

Nintendo Switch 2 in Stock at AliExpress

If you're still on the hunt for a Switch 2 console, here's an opportunity you might want to consider. The Nintendo Switch 2 Mario Kart World Tour Console Bundle is currently available for $547.90 with free delivery from a local US-based warehouse. This is a genuine gaming console that has been imported from Hong Kong. Region locking is determined by your account, not by console, so all of these systems will play in the US without any problems. You'll also be able to select English as your default language just like any console you buy here. AliExpress offers a return window but the length varies depending on the item. These consoles all ship locally from the United States and usually arrive within one week.

Note that although the console is region unlocked and works fine anywhere, the Mario Kart World Tour digital game voucher is region locked to Hong Kong. One of the reviews, however, mentions a workaround:

Donkey Kong and Pauline Amiibo Preorder

This Amiibo will unlock a new dress for Pauline and give players access to explosive gold tiles in Donkey Kong Bananza. Plus it looks awesome and you need to collect all Amiibos ever, unless you don't. That's fine too.

Pokémon Legends: Z-A (Switch 2)

This is going to be the definitive edition of POkémon Legends: Z-A thanks to it's 4K 60 FPS gameplay performancce. I'm sure they'll be more cheeky features revealed closer to launch, but if you have a Switch 2 grab this version.

Pokémon Legends: Z-A (Switch 1)

Tunise Rechargeable Portable Neck Fan

It's a fan that you don't have to hold because it sits comfortably around your neck. This is such a cool and handy product for under $15, especially if you're like me and get warm at the thought of some sunshine.

Symphonic Journeys Pokémon Red & Blue - IGN Exclusive Vinyl

Symphonic Journeys: Pokémon Red & Blue is now up for preorder in a stunning IGN-exclusive Fire Red vinyl variant. This 1xLP release features orchestrated arrangements of classic tracks like Pallet Town, Gym Leader Battle, and the Pokémon Center theme, performed by the renowned Budapest Scoring orchestra.

Lies of P (Steam)

We gave Lies of P a solid 8/10, so there's no reason to not pick up this absolute banger for $25.49. Just make sure to use the discount code FANATICAL 15 to get the full deal.

Lies of P: Overture

Overture also got an 8/10 from us because it does exactly what it says on the tin, gives us more Lies of P. It's an excellent expansion that adds a whole lot more to a game that was already great.

Borderlands 4 PC Preorders

September 12th is closer than you think, so get Borderlands 4 preordered from Green Man Gaming and secure your preload on Steam. Randy Pitchford reckons that it's co-op mode will be "The best ever", too.

Pokémon TCG Classic

The Sam's Club Pokémon TCG Classic deal is back, and it's massively undercutting other big box retailers and the secondary market. Just for comparrison, the top four cards from this set, Charizard, Blastoise, Venusaur and Mewtwo, are worth the same price as this discounted offer. This deal is well worth it and should be snapped up as soon as possible.

Pokémon TCG Stock Updates

As usual we're looking at over-inflated pricing at big box stores, but it's a dependable source of sealed product for trainers looking to add to their collections or rip open boosters. Although we'd recommend checking out secondary market prices first, as big retailers are now regularly selling over market value now too. I've already done the hard work for you:

TCG Player and eBay Pokémon Sealed Product

The Most Expensive Japanese Black Bolt White Flare Cards

The most expensive cards from Pokémon TCG's Black Bolt and White Flare sets are already commanding serious prices in Japan. Top of the list are the Special Illustration Rares of Zekrom ex and Reshiram ex, both featuring intricate, hand-drawn artwork and fetching well over ¥20,000 (around $130–$150 USD) on the secondary market.

Also climbing fast are the new BWR (Black White Rare) cards and the full-art Victini promos from the themed file sets. With stunning clay and knitted art styles also making their debut, collectors are pushing prices up across the board, especially for low-population, high-style secret rares.

This Weeks Pokémon TCG Crashers and Climbers

With Black Bolt and White Flare wrapping up the Scarlet & Violet era, all eyes are now on what’s next—and Mega Evolution is officially back. The Japanese Championships 2025 confirmed MEGA Symphonia and MEGA Brave as the first entries in the new Mega Expansion Packs, launching August 1 in Japan. These sets reintroduce Mega Evolution ex cards in a powerful new form, now Stage 2 Pokémon worth 3 Prize Cards when knocked out. Cards like Mega Gardevoir ex, Mega Venusaur ex, and Mega Lucario ex are leading the charge, and collectors are already snapping up classic Mega cards in anticipation of their return to the spotlight.

MTG Live Preorders

Preorders are now live for Magic: The Gathering’s next major set, Edge of Eternities, ahead of its August 1 release. You can lock in Play Booster Boxes, Bundles, Commander Decks, and Collector Boosters, with prices already dipping below MSRP in some spots. With some chunky lore, borderless cards, and premium packaging teased, now’s a good time to grab your picks before stock tightens closer to launch.

MTG Stock Update

There's the usual suspects of insanely priced boosters such as Theros Beyond Death, but there's also some discounts such as 9% off a box of Assassin's Creed collector boosters and a massive 32% off a booster box of Lord of the Rings set boosters.

MTG Final Fantasy Chase Cards

I was going to say how insane MTG Final Fantasy's popularity is, but it's completely understandable. Whilst sealed stock is going up in value and becoming harder to get, there's plenty of option for the most in-demand cards for your deck or collection.

MTG Aetherdrift Chase Cards

Aetherdrift is one of Magic: The Gathering’s more experimental sets, blending high-speed vehicle mechanics with a bold visual style. Released as part of the Universes Beyond series, it introduced new archetypes and card types designed to shake up both casual and competitive formats.

3 Months for $0.99 Audible Deal

Audible’s doing that 99c a month deal again for Premium Plus, and it’s a steal. Amazon Prime Members get three months free, so make sure to check for an active subscription before looking for this deal. You get three audiobooks to keep, full access to the big library, and it works even if you’ve had a sub before as long as it’s not active now. I just logged in, saw the banner, and grabbed it. Sunrise on the Reaping is already in my library, and I’m eyeing that massive new Sanderson one next. Less than three bucks for all that? Easy win.

3 Months Free Kindle Unlimited

I’ve never really stuck with audiobooks before, but this Kindle Unlimited deal finally got me into them properly. Right now you can get three months free if you’ve got Prime, and it works on your phone or tablet, not just a Kindle. I gave it a go, downloaded a couple of books, and now I’ve actually started finishing them while I’m out walking or doing stuff around the house. It’s made getting through my backlog way easier and I didn’t have to pay a thing to try it. If you’ve been on the fence, this is a solid excuse to dive in.

Sound Explosion Software Bundle

If you’ve ever needed music or sound effects for a game, video, podcast, or anything creative, this Humble Bundle is ridiculous value. For $20, you get over 100 royalty-free audio packs covering everything from cinematic hits and ambient drones to meme sounds and upbeat pop tracks. I grabbed it just to have a library ready for whatever project pops up, and it’s already saved me time and cash. You can pay as little as a buck if you just want to check it out, and part of what you pay goes to charity too. Easy win if you ever mess with editing or content creation.

Alienware AW3423DWF Curved QD-OLED Gaming Monitor

Alienware 34-inch QD-OLED is down to $649.99, and it’s an absolute beast. You’re getting a 165Hz refresh rate, deep blacks, punchy colours, and a super sharp 21:9 curved display that makes everything from games to edits look incredible. It’s fast, smooth, and built like a tank with FreeSync support and a proper creator mode if you need colour accuracy. It even comes with a 3-year burn-in warranty. For this price, it’s hard to beat.

The Legend of Zelda Master Sword by Proplica

The $200 Master Sword from Tamashii Nations is a full-size 41-inch replica with sound, rumble, and music from eight Zelda games built in. Press the buttons on the hilt to cycle through tracks from Ocarina of Time, Breath of the Wild, Tears of the Kingdom, and more. It comes with a sheath, a stand, and needs two AA batteries. Stock is limited, so if you're in move fast.

Monster Hunter Wilds PS5 and Xbox Series X

Monster Hunter Wilds has hit its lowest price yet for the standard physical edition on PS5 and Xbox Series X at just $55.99, down from $69.99. This latest entry takes the series into a fully voiced narrative, dynamic biomes, and crossplay multiplayer. If you’ve been waiting for a price drop to jump into the Forbidden Lands, this is a solid time to grab a copy.

Symphonic Journeys Pokémon Red & Blue - IGN Exclusive Vinyl

Symphonic Journeys: Pokémon Red & Blue is now up for preorder in a stunning IGN-exclusive Fire Red vinyl variant. This 1xLP release features orchestrated arrangements of classic tracks like Pallet Town, Gym Leader Battle, and the Pokémon Center theme, performed by the renowned Budapest Scoring orchestra.

Elden Ring Nightreign Official Strategy Guide

The official strategy guide for Elden Ring: Nightreign is now up for preorder, with a hardcover release set for September 30, 2025. Created by Future Press, this companion book dives deep into the game’s new roguelike multiplayer systems, class mechanics, and shifting world of Limveld. You’ll get detailed Nightfarer builds, bestiary entries, system breakdowns, and beautifully illustrated maps plus bonus art prints and lore. Sounds like a bargain to me.

Donkey Kong Bananza

Donkey Kong Bananza is available now for preorder on Nintendo Switch 2 at $69.99, with a release date set for July 17. This all-new 3D platformer brings DK back into the spotlight with a full physical edition and gameplay reminiscent of Super Mario Odyssey. If you've been waiting for the return of classic Donkey Kong exploration with modern polish, this looks like the one to watch.

amFilm Switch 2 Tempered Glass Screen

amFilm’s 3-pack tempered glass screen protector for the Nintendo Switch 2 (7.9") is down to $7.99 and includes everything you need for a smooth installation. The 0.3mm ultra-clear glass offers 9H scratch resistance, touchscreen sensitivity, and an oleophobic coating to reduce smudges. It also comes with a alignment frame, making it easier to apply without bubbles.

Christian Wait is a contributing freelancer for IGN covering everything collectable and deals. Christian has over 7 years of experience in the Gaming and Tech industry with bylines at Mashable and Pocket-Tactics. Christian also makes hand-painted collectibles for Saber Miniatures. Christian is also the author of "Pokemon Ultimate Unofficial Gaming Guide by GamesWarrior". Find Christian on X @ChrisReggieWait.

  •  

A LEGO The X-Files Set Is Officially in the Works Thanks to a 90s Contest

Several months back, the LEGO Ideas people asked fans to submit designs for sets celebrating the 1990s. The winner of the “Build Your Nostalgia” challenge has just been announced: it’s a big, ambitious set based on the beloved sci-fi show The X-Files. The set will now go into development with the LEGO Ideas team and will likely see some tweaking on its way to becoming an official set, slated for release sometime in the future.

An Official X-Files LEGO Set Is Coming

The X-Files: The Truth Is Out There set was made by a creator called WetWired. It’s a dual-vignette sort of set that features a forest UFO scene on top, with Mulder's basement office underneath. The set in its current form is comprised of about 2,020 pieces and includes the seven minifigures.

Minifigures in The X-Files LEGO Set

  • Fox Mulder
  • Dana Scully
  • “Grey” Alien
  • The Jersey Devil
  • Assistant Director Walter Skinner
  • Syndicate Leader
  • Eugene Tooms

The set is based on the sci-fi TV show The X-Files, which involves the paranormal investigations of two FBI agents: Agent Fox Mulder (a believer in the existence of paranormal phenomena played by David Duchovny) and Dana Scully (a skeptic played by Gillian Anderson).

See More LEGO Ideas Sets

The show debuted in 1993 and ran for a total of 11 seasons. The first nine seasons were on Fox, ending in 2002. The show returned for two additional seasons in 2016 and 2018. On top of all that, two movies were also released: The X-Files in 1998 and The X-Files: I Want to Believe in 2008.

In addition to the “Build Your Nostalgia” challenge, LEGO Ideas also had a second ‘90s challenge for a smaller-scale set. The winner of that one, “The Next Chapter,” is a set based on the stop-motion animation Wallace & Gromit, created by Pidelium.

Chris Reed is a commerce editor and deals expert for IGN. He also runs IGN's board game and LEGO coverage. You can follow him on Bluesky.

  •  

What Is Walmart+? Everything You Need to Know

You've probably heard the phrase Walmart+, but there's a good chance you're not entirely sure what it is, or whether you should actually subscribe to it. We're here to clear up any confusion and tell you exactly what benefits you get with a Walmart+ subscription. We'll also run down the pricing and any deals that are available at the moment, including some exclusive offers right now for members, like five free months of Apple Arcade.

What Is Walmart+?

Walmart+ is the retailer’s membership program. It comes with an array of benefits that ought to be appealing to anyone who shops at Walmart on a fairly regular basis. It gets you benefits like free shipping, free grocery delivery, and more (see below for more info). You can also get early access to popular new products and sales, like the Switch 2 or the upcoming Walmart Deals shopping event.

How Much Does Walmart+ Cost?

You have two options when it comes to paying for a Walmart+ subscription. Here's the current standard pricing for both options:

  • Monthly: $12.95 per month
  • Annual: $98 per year

Benefits of a Walmart+ Membership

  • Free Shipping: A Walmart+ membership gets you free shipping for online orders, with no order minimum.
  • Free Delivery: You also get free delivery from your local Walmart store on lots of items, including groceries.
  • Free Pharmacy Delivery: Free delivery includes medications from the Walmart pharmacy.
  • Paramount+ Video Streaming: Included in every Walmart+ membership is full access to the streaming service Paramount+. That means you can watch movies and shows like Yellowstone and its many spinoffs, plus Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, The Gold, all of the Mission Impossible movies, and many more. That alone is worth $70 a year and one of the best streaming bundles out there.
  • Burger King Savings: Members get 25% off Burger King every day, plus a free Whopper with purchase every three months.
  • Early Access to Sales and Promotions: Walmart+ members get early access to promotions and sales events — including Black Friday and Walmart's July sale.
  • Returns from Home: With a Walmart+ membership, they'll come to you to pickup any returns.
  • Savings on Fuel: You also get discounts on fuel you buy from a variety of gas stations, including Exxon, Mobil, Sam’s Club, Walmart, and Murphy.
  • Savings on Auto Repairs: You can get free flat tire repair for your vehicle and free road hazard warranty at nationwide Walmart Auto Care Centers.
  • Free Online Pet Care: You get free 24/7 pet care with the Pawp app.
  • Mobile Scan & Go: If you do go into a brick-and-mortar store, you can use your phone to scan and pay for items without having to mess with checkout lines.

Walmart+ Limited-Time Offers

The benefits outlined above are always available for members. In addition to those are a rolling set of limited-time offers Walmart+ members can take advantage of. The current set is particularly appealing to owners of Apple devices. You get up to 5 months of Apple Arcade, which gets you access to a long list of games that are playable on iPhone, iPad, Mac, and even Apple TV. It's arguably the best video game subscriptions for mobile gamers.

You also get up to three months of Apple News+ for free. You also get free trials of the fitness service Crunch+, the meditation app Happier, and more. That's a pretty good value on top of the already-worthwhile benefits available to members. Head to the membership page here to learn more.

Is a Walmart+ Membership Worth It?

If you shop at Walmart often, either online or in-store, then it’s probably worth the money. If you like the content available on Paramount+ and you shop at Walmart even just occasionally, then it’s probably worthwhile as well.

The early access to popular new products is also a potential benefit to joining the service. The most recent example is the Switch 2 restock and Pokemon card preorders, both of which could justify paying for a month of the service.

Chris Reed is a commerce editor and deals expert for IGN. He also runs IGN's board game and LEGO coverage. You can follow him on Bluesky.

  •  

Switch 2 Accessory Maker Dbrand Admits 'Spectacularly Terrible Response' to Enraged Nintendo Fans With Killswitch Case Complaints, After Initially Suggesting They Were Just 'Holding It Wrong'

Accessories maker Dbrand has issued a lengthy apology to Nintendo fans whose complaints it initially brushed off in a response it now describes as "spectacularly terrible."

The past few weeks have seen a rising number of complaints regarding Dbrand's Killswitch case for Nintendo Switch 2, which is designed to protect the console and its Joy-Con 2 controllers with a smartphone case-like rubber shell.

Fans have said Killswitch's extra padding weakens the magnetic connection between the Switch 2 and its controllers, and have posted videos showing that the Joy-Con 2 can easily detach when the console is picked up in a certain way.

Dbrand's initial response, posted on reddit earlier this week, acknowledged the problem but suggested it had been deliberately overblown by customers, as "hundreds" of its own developers, plus external content creators and journalists, had not experienced it for themselves.

"Not one of them, ourselves included, precariously held the entire console by only one Joy-Con, horizontally, with zero instinctive finger support on the back, loading 87% of the console weight directly onto the Joy-Con hinge," Dbrand wrote, sharing its own videos as counter-proof the problem was widespread.

Instead, Dbrand said, the issue of detaching Joy-Con 2 controllers should only occur if all three of the following conditions are met:

  1. You're holding the NS2 by only one Joy-Con, stressing 87% of the weight on the hinge.
  2. You're touching only the Joy-Con itself, without naturally supporting any part of the main console.
  3. Your console has lowered to an angle that's more parallel to the ground than it is not.

Still, numerous videos have showed the Joy-Con 2 coming away easily if these conditions are met:

Dbrand continued by suggesting that customers with Killswitch complaints were posting videos highlighting a problem that would not regularly be experienced. Or, as Dbrand put it: "Nobody routinely puts Mentos into their Diet Coke."

However, further down its statement, the company acknowledged that, in a small number of cases, the Joy-Con was detaching more easily than it would have liked.

"What's happening with the four Redditors who are experiencing more severe detachment issues? We believe it's due to these Joy-Con Grips featuring an inner attachment lip that's a hair thicker than desired," Dbrand said, adding that it had now "adjusted our tolerance guidelines for mass production to filter out any Joy-Cons that cross that 'lip is 0.12mm too thick' threshold."

Dbrand rounded out its initial post by emphasising once more that the issue was rare, and "an unavoidable reality of making a Joy-Con Grip with a non-adhesive attachment mechanism" that was "not, in any way, reflective of how people actually hold their Switch 2."

Reaction to Dbrand's statement, and acknowledgement there was an issue, was swift. "Terrible response," wrote one fan. "TLDR: You're holding it wrong," wrote another, evoking the infamous response from Apple's former boss Steve Jobs, when the iPhone 4's antenna issues were pointed out to him.

Days later, Dbrand has now reconsidered, apologised for the tone of its statement, and promised replacement Joy-Con for all customers.

"After reading through your feedback, it's quite clear that our post was a spectacularly terrible response to the issue at hand," Dbrand said in a new post. "Some of you have expressed that opinion in a perfectly reasonable way. Others have expressed it with literal death threats.

"As easy as it is to boil our original post down to 'you're holding it wrong,' what we're sober to now is the point that you should be allowed to hold it however the f**k you want, without detachment occurring. We get it. Please continue dunking on us for the next six to eight months for reincarnating Steve Jobs."

Dbrand has also said it is now attempting to develop a new, redesigned version of the Killswitch with a "new retaining lip design that fully resolves the detachment issue," with an update on whether it will be able to move into full production on this solution due next month.

Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

  •  

Best Meta Quest Deals and Bundles Today (June 2025)

Looking to get into virtual reality? Meta Quest 3 represents a significant step forward in virtual reality (VR) and a great starting point for everyone. It's available in two versions, the fully-featured Quest 3 and the more affordable Meta Quest 3S, which means there's a good option to get into VR no matter the restrictions posed by your wallet. The Meta Quest system is the best way to get into VR, and even offers exciting exclusive games like the Batman Arkham Shadow game, which requires a Meta Quest 3 or 3S to play.

We're keeping an eye out on any Meta Quest discounts as they appear. Unfortunately, there are no deals available at the moment, but we've included where you can buy the headsets right now at their list price below. On top of that, you'll also get a copy of Batman: Arkham Shadow and a three-month trial of Meta Horizon+ for free with your purchase, which is a great bonus.

Buy Meta Quest 3S Xbox Edition

It's also worth mentioning the Meta Quest 3S Xbox Edition, which is now available to buy. This virtual reality headset comes with 128GB of built-in storage and a custom “carbon black and velocity green” color scheme. The bundle also includes an Elite Strap, a limited-edition Xbox Wireless Controller, plus three months each of Meta Horizon+ and Xbox Game Pass Ultimate.

Microsoft also says, “Quantities are extremely limited. Once they’re gone, they’re gone.” So, if it's caught your eye, now is the time to grab it!

Meta Quest 3S Deals

The Meta Quest 3S comes in two models: 128GB and 256GB. These are listed for $299.99 and $399.99, respectively, at various retailers but your purchase also comes with Batman: Arkham Shadow and a three-month trial of Meta Horizon+ for free, which is an excellent bonus.

You can get a Meta Quest 3S with those freebies at the following retailers:

Best Meta Quest 3 Deals and Bundles

The Meta Quest 3 (512GB) headset is currently available at various retailers for $499.99. Similar to the Meta Quest 3S, your purchase also comes with Batman: Arkham Shadow and a three-month trial of Meta Horizon+ for free.

We gave this VR headset a 9/10 in our Meta Quest 3 review. Writer Eric Song stated that, "The Quest 3 continues Meta’s legacy of offering a cost-effective headset that doesn’t require an expensive gaming PC, but can still benefit from one if you have it." He continued on to say that, "The Quest 3 goes even further by offering us a ticket to mixed-reality gaming with a full-color passthrough mode that’s sharp enough to read things in the world around you, the lightest and most precisely tracked controllers available, and more."

Quest 3S vs. Quest 3 Similarities

  • Snapdragon XR2 Gen 2 processor
  • Touch Plus controllers
  • 120Hz refresh rate
  • Mixed reality passthrough (same cameras, different layout)

Quest 3S vs. Quest 3 Differences

  • Lower per-eye resolution (1832x1920 vs 2064×2208)
  • Fresnel lens vs. pancake lens
  • Lower FOV (96°/90° vs 104°/96°)
  • Smaller maximum storage capacity (256GB vs 512GB)
  • Longer battery life (2.5hrs vs 2.2hrs)

Best Meta Quest 3 Accessory Deals

In addition to the hardware itself, there are some great Meta Quest 3 accessory deals at the moment. You'll get the most bang for your buck with a battery-equipped head strap that adds both comfort and playtime to your VR experience.

What Games Are Available on Meta Quest 3?

Eight years after Batman: Arkham Knight, Warner Bros. announced the newest installment in the series: Batman: Arkham Shadow. This VR game is exclusive to the Meta Quest 3 and developed by Camouflaj - the creator of the Iron Man VR game - and Oculus Studios, in collaboration with Warner Bros. Interactive Entertainment and DC. It's arguably the headset's best game and a must for fans of the caped crusader.

Beyond a virtual reality trip to Gotham, there are many, many other games to play on the Meta Quest. We have a handy list of all the available games on the VR headset via IGN Playlist. Highlights include Asgard’s Wrath 2, Assassin's Creed Nexus, Metal Hellsinger VR, and Metro Awakening.

Batman: Arkham Shadow Is Great

In case you're wondering whether a new Batman: Arkham game works in VR, the answer is "yes." While it was develped by Camouflaj rather than series creator Rocksteady, it offers almost all of what fans of the core series appreciate about it.

Our Batman: Arkham Shadow review explains: "Batman: Arkham Shadow does an admirable job of adapting almost everything I love about the Arkham series to work in a full-fledged VR game, and it’s impressive looking for a game that’s exclusive to the standalone Meta Quest 3 headset. There are a few hitches and aggravating bugs that mean some parts don’t work quite as well as others, but its vigorous brawling, exploration, tricky puzzle solving, and stealth are all in full effect as you sneak and punch your way through Blackgate prison in a twisting undercover pursuit of a mysterious cult leader where just about everybody’s a suspect. It’s certainly smaller in scale than any full game since Arkham Asylum, but it’s far larger and more built-out than you might expect after Batman: Arkham VR, and a return to an enclosed prison setting makes it feel dense and intricate."

What Types of Deals Are There on Meta Quest VR Headsets?

Meta Quest offers usually fall into three kinds of discounts. Events such as the holiday season, Prime Day, Black Friday and announcements of newer models tend to push prices down, alongside:

  • Discounts: Direct price reductions are the most common deals, especially during major sales events or as part of clearance sales, to make room for newer models.
  • Bundles: Occasionally, retailers bundle a Meta Quest with popular VR games or essential accessories such as additional controllers, charging docks, or travel cases. These bundles provide extra value and enhance the VR experience out of the box.
  • Refurbished Units: These units have been returned and restored to like-new condition. They typically come at a reduced price and include a warranty, offering a way to save money without compromising on quality too much.

What to Consider Before Buying a Meta Quest VR Headset

Unfortunately, virtual reality isn't for everyone. Those with severe eye health issues or those who suffer from motion sickness might have problems using this particular bit of kit. Here are some more points to consider:

  • Compatibility: Ensure any additional accessories or hardware purchases are compatible.
  • Space Requirements: VR gaming requires physical movement, so ensure you have adequate space to use the device safely.
  • Future Models: Make sure to check out the features and specs on newer models before buying older ones to ensure it's a good fit.

We're keeping track of all things VR on the dedicated IGN VR hub, including the latest game releases. We're also keeping the VR hardware market on lockdown with our best VR headsets guide, which is worth a look for those who want to shell out on the latest VR tech.

Christian Wait is a UK-based freelancer for IGN, you can follow him @ChrisReggieWait on Twitter/X.

Includes contributions from Robert Anderson and Hannah Hoolihan.

  •  

M3GAN 2.0 Review

M3GAN opens in theaters Friday, June 27.

There was a time when horror mascots took multiple movies to find their way to icon status. But from the moment M3GAN sashayed her way toward impaling Ronny Chieng, it felt like the dancing murder robot had years of sequels and snark ahead of her. Her limitless reserves of generative smartassery and a tendency to break into song – along with her thematically rich echoes of the real-world debate over artificial intelligence – plug directly into M3GAN 2.0, which widens the scope and ups the ante of its predecessor, while adding some new ideas and even different types of movies into its programming. But as with any big update, some errors have crept their way into the code.

At the very top of the sequel’s patch notes is a crystal-clear modulation of genre. From the moment the words “Somewhere on the Turkish/Iranian border” are splayed across M3GAN 2.0’s very first shot, it’s clear what’s to follow will be a far cry from the relatively modest, tongue-in-cheek horror movie that preceded it. So long to the robo rampage that merely threatened the lives of anyone who got between the fabulous supertoy and her human charge, Cady (Violet McGraw); hello to the global threat posed by the military-grade android AMELIA (Ivanna Sakhno). AMELIA’s murky motives put her on a collision course with Cady, her aunt/adoptive mother Gemma (Allison Williams) and, eventually, M3GAN, and Sakhno gets off to a good start in the role, with a cold and imposing stature bearing none of the campy parasocial bestie vibes M3GAN invites. But as her goal starts to take shape, it becomes clear there’s little interest in making AMELIA a compelling character in her own right. No, this is very much an upgraded villain limited to a T-1000 “search and destroy” ethos.

A few years on from M3GAN’s buggy and bloody launch, Gemma and Cady (Violet McGraw) have found a more stable domestic groove, and with that, ways to cope. Their relationship benefits from how they’ve each grown and matured – Gemma advocates for digital detoxing while Cady studies the attack-diverting martial art of Aikido – and Williams and McGraw have a believable parent/teen dynamic that gives director Gerard Johnstone something to come back to as the stakes rise to apocalyptic proportions. M3GAN wasn’t subtle about positioning its titular character as a stand-in for an overreliance on smart devices, and M3GAN 2.0 similarly hammers us over the head with emphatic pleas against unchecked AI. That’s a well-intentioned and salient point, but it’s expressed through a cartoonishly extreme yin-yang of tech-bro send-ups: party animal/cybernetics magnate Alton Appleton (Jemaine Clement) and Gemma’s insufferably boring AI-watchdog boyfriend, Christian (Aristotle Athari). They muddy the waters with tossed-off observations about the state of the technology that feel far too one-dimensional and short-sighted.

Much as M3GAN’s first outing paid homage to the formula of Child’s Play (acknowledgement of the tech-forward 2019 remake goes here), M3GAN 2.0’s villain-turned-ally setup and pontifications on human/machine relations would’ve been enough to raise Terminator 2: Judgment Day comparisons on their own. By the time the characters are planning the infiltration of a tech campus, it feels like Johnstone is a little too beholden to what many think is the very best sci-fi action movie ever made. By shifting the genre focus, M3GAN 2.0 loses the benefit of being a horror movie using great jokes to punch above its weight, and instead feels more like a sci-fi movie straining to make the most of its budget. This can work: Happy Death Day 2U took the original’s time-looped slasher concept and blew it out into a full-on time-travel comedy – that yes, still had some slashing in there. Serviceable though M3GAN 2.0’s action may be – and there are some occasionally clever uses of both M3GAN and AMELIA’s abilities – there are only so many black-ops goons they can knock out or run through with sharp objects before it all becomes a bit repetitive.

It’s a good thing then that it’s still centered around the reigning queen of passive aggressive asides and burns. The sequel goes through growing pains as it jettisons its horror DNA to make space for more sci-fi and action elements, but M3GAN herself comes out on the other side quite well. Johnstone builds up some good anticipation for her return through the first act, hinting at her persisting consciousness through some clever use of smart-home devices that remind us of both her wide-ranging capabilities and her venomous wit. M3GAN 2.0 stretches to explain why M3GAN would want to give up the freedom of transcending a physical form, but she’s such a reliably delightful presence that it’s a forgivable logic jump. Plus, she’s an inherently physical being onscreen: through multiple, spectacularly realized hardware versions in M3GAN 2.0, M3GAN conveys menace and/or humor, with the slightest change of expression. And that’s before you even get to dizzying physiological questions like why she needs to confidently toss a towel over her shoulder after a tough workout (other than that being a hilarious way to exit the frame.)

On the more emotional region of M3GAN’s hard drive, there’s not as much schmaltz as you may expect from an android yearning for humanity, even as M3GAN’s feelings on the subject gain a lot more nuance when she’s given a second chance to protect Cady. M3GAN approaches her own autonomy with, dare I say it, humility. It's nice to see M3GAN grapple with these questions in a way that's realistic and true to the character.

There’s some irony worth noting here that M3GAN’s success as a cinematic creation comes down entirely to the craftspeople and artists responsible for bringing her to life. Jenna Davis’ stellar voice work and Amie Donald’s continually impressive physical performance, the seamless animatronic and visual effects, Johnstone’s deadpan one-liners steeped in the persona established in Akela Cooper’s M3GAN screenplay – all of it represents very human work that succeeds in elevating the character into a franchise standard-bearer, even though her sophomore outing fails to keep all the plates around her spinning.

  •  

Crisol: Theater of Idols Is a Horror FPS Influenced by Spanish Folklore

Crisol: Theater of Idols aims to blend Bioshock with Resident Evil-style gameplay in a horror FPS influenced by classical Spanish folklore. I crawled through abandoned streets, popping zombie-like enemies with guns that used my blood for bullets, ducking in and out of derelict storefronts looking for the ever-reliable genre staple bolt cutters, and dodging powerful enemies along the way. While Crisol showed more to set itself apart from stalwarts in the genre during my hands-on demo, its weapon designs and distinct aesthetic in particular left me interested to see more.

Exploring a horrific, reimagined version of Spain called Hispania, Crisol’s world and character designs blew me away – especially the guns. Here, your blood is your health and your ammo, so reloading each gun triggers a spine-tingling reaction like when your handgun’s handle bristles with little needles, drawing blood from your hand, or when needles stick out of the base of your double-barrelled shotgun’s barrel, waiting to trade health for survival.

This push-and-pull forces you to keep tabs on both to keep yourself from wasting either and landing yourself in a sticky situation. You can pick up healing syringes to help restore ammo, but Crisol also encourages you to drain the blood from dead bystanders, killed by your mysterious foes, to heal and reload.

Crisol also encourages you to drain the blood from dead bystanders, killed by your mysterious foes, to heal and reload.

The gun designs themselves are cool too; gilded with red accents, they add a gothic pop of color that stands out, but doesn’t clash with the environments I saw in my short demo. The environments, on the other hand, didn’t have nearly as much character to them. While the trailer promises some pretty cool-looking set pieces, the dark streets of Hispania I wandered didn’t offer much deviation from the norm. That’s surprising considering just how well-designed the enemies and guns are.

Crisol doesn’t waste any time throwing you into the action. Within seconds of picking up the controller, lurching, puppet-like enemies stumbled towards me. Low light revealed unsettling details in their mask-like faces as they approached, eventually collapsing under my gunfire. Each enemy I encountered (or at least each one I was able to kill) reacted based on which part of their body I shot; crawling headless after I kneecapped them, and popped their heads. Both of the blood-soaked firearms I tried have an older feel to them, more like the oomph of the original BioShock than the punchy crack of the guns found in most contemporary shooters, though Crisol’s trailer (and weapon wheel) promise a seemingly diverse arsenal of sanguine shooters.

After making my way through a few city blocks, absorbing blood from dead bodies and popping zombie-like critters blocking my path, I came across a locked gate with a winch. Locked by a padlock with a chain – classic! Like clockwork, I set out looking for the bolt cutters I’d found in half a dozen survival horror games before. But before I could start looking, some kind of gigantic, arcane cyborg – a towering mass of blood-soaked bones and clanking machinery with a mask of a woman’s face crying blood – picked me up and tossed me around.

The beast chased me down the street to the window (conveniently) of the hardware store, but couldn’t touch me once I dove in. Safe for now, I grabbed the bolt cutters from the back storeroom and every coin in the cash register and set out to snip the chains that kept me from safety. But the beast was back at my heels practically the moment my feet hit the dirt road, hurling threats my way as it hunted me down.

I hope Crisol doubles down on these two different kinds of survival horror to produce layers of tension between the blood-for-bullets combat and high-stakes stealth in the full release. 

Crouching to minimize the noise I made, I found a shortcut through a fish store, making a bunch of noise at one end before cutting through the store, snipping the chains, and cranking away at the winch to open the gate in front of me. I heard the creature thudding towards me, and just pushed away in the quick-time event faster, hoping I could squeeze through instead of running back to cover. The gate opened with just enough time to spare; I rushed out of the courtyard to safety, the gate snapping shut before my assailant could catch me.

This puzzle-like stealth section, though very simple, added a lot to my demo. I can see the ways this could evolve into a tense blend of stealth and shooting if I eventually need to dodge bigger enemies at the same time as popping the smaller, stoppable ones with my sanguine arsenal. I hope Crisol doubles down on these two different kinds of survival horror to produce layers of tension between the blood-for-bullets combat and high-stakes stealth in the full release.

While I enjoyed my demo well enough, I felt like I hadn’t seen anything new beyond the Bloodborne-like, health-for-ammo trade-off and some really cool weapon and enemy designs. I’m sure puzzles and progression will begin to differentiate themselves from Resident Evil as the game gets more complex. But I didn’t get to see much of that in this demo, which was clearly very early in the campaign. Still, I have a feeling Crisol: Theater of Idols will be worth checking out for its distinct take on survival horror with a Spanish flair.

  •  

You Can Preorder Sabrina Carpenter’s New Album Today (Yes, the Fortnite Girl)

Where do I even start? Global mega star and pop icon Sabrina Carpenter is fresh off turning Fortnite into a virtual peace rally, and now she’s somehow found the time to make even more music and drop a brand-new album (which has just gone up for preorder).

She arrived in Fortnite back in April as the Season 8 Icon for Fortnite Festival, instantly derailing the battle royale with Jam Tracks like Juno and Nonsense, plus a skin that had players laying down their weapons just to vibe. The chaos came bundled with cosmetics, a themed outfit, and something called "A Sweet Little Bundle", because of course it did.

Her new album, Man's Best Friend, drops August 29 and follows the global success of Short n' Sweet. Preorders are already live at all the usual suspects, including Amazon and Walmart. Amazon’s even got an exclusive Translucent Light Brown Vinyl LP for $33, plus a Light Blue Cassette for $18, and an Audio CD for $14, because physical media is well and truly on a comeback, and honestly, it’s about time.

With the new album up for preorder, Sabrina's likely going from virtual peacekeeper to real-world chart-topper all over again this year (in my humble opinion, at least).

Alongside the pop star's inclusion earlier in April 2025, Epic’s still busy throwing ideas at the wall to keep Fortnite sticky, whether it’s superhero seasons, that bizarre Star Wars mode with zero actual ammo, or the new Blitz Royale experiment.

Player numbers have dipped since last year’s chaos-fuelled highs, Squid Game maps, Doctor Doom boss fights, Times Square concerts, and an in-game spectacle starring Eminem, Snoop Dogg, Ice Spice, and Juice Wrld, but there’s movement again.

Whether any of this helps Fortnite claw back ground from Roblox hits like Grow a Garden remains to be seen. But if getting Sabrina Carpenter in-game helped start that rebound? Epic won’t mind riding the vibe a little longer.

Robert Anderson is a deals expert and Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. You can follow him @robertliam21 on Twitter/X or Bluesky.

  •  

Humble’s Capcom Publisher Sale Features Discounts on Resident Evil 4 Remake, Dragon’s Dogma 2, and More

With so many sale events going on (or on the horizon, if you have your calendar marked for Amazon Prime Day in July), summer is a great time to stock up on discounted games. If you're a PC player, Humble is currently holding a Capcom Publisher Sale that features some incredible deals on Capcom games. Some of our favorites include 58% off Dragon's Dogma 2, 67% off Monster Hunter: World, and 50% off Resident Evil 4 Remake, but there's plenty more to dig through.

You can see more of our favorite picks below, but if you want to see the full breakdown of discounted games, head to Capcom's Publisher Sale page here at Humble.

Humble Capcom Publisher Sale

If you're already a Humble Choice member, you'll actually save a little bit extra on these games which is a great bonus. And if you're a member looking for even more games to add to your library, there's still time to score the June Humble Choice bundle. This features a wide variety of games - including Warhammer 40K: Boltgun, Legacy of Kain Soul Reaver 1&2 Remastered, Nobody Wants to Die, and five more - alongside one month of IGN Plus for free.

These deals just scratch the surface of what's out there, though. To see more PC game deals, head to our roundup of the best video game deals. Here we've gathered up some of the best offers on games for PC that have caught our eye recently, including some minor discounts on Doom: The Dark Ages, Elden Ring Nightreign, and even Stellar Blade.

If you're curious to see what discounts are happening on other consoles, we've also got roundups of the best PS5 deals and the best Xbox deals that highlight some of our favorite offers on games, hardware, and accessories at the moment. And while the console is new and there aren't any game deals right now, we also have a roundup of the best Nintendo Switch 2 deals that features some excellent discounts on accessories that are worth checking out.

Hannah Hoolihan is a freelancer who writes with the guides and commerce teams here at IGN.

  •  

Best Xbox Game Pass Deals and Bundles Right Now (June 2025)

With so many great games coming down the pipeline, now's a great time to hop on the Xbox Game Pass bandwagon. If some titles joining the catalog this year have caught your eye and you're itching to join in on the fun, you can choose between one or three month Game Pass Ultimate membership options at Amazon. Unfortunately, there aren't any discount deals available at the moment, but we'll update this when a new one drops.

You can learn more about options for signing up, what's coming soon to Game Pass this month, and the big releases still to come below.

Navigate to:

Best Xbox Game Pass Deals

While there aren't any deals available at the moment, we've included where you can buy a one month Game Pass Ultimate membership above at Amazon. This will set you back $19.99. Amazon also has a three month Game Pass Ultimate membership option available for $59.99, if you want to stock up on a few months to get you started.

What's Coming Soon to Xbox Game Pass?

Game Pass has a nice rotation of new titles to play every month. If you're curious about what's in store for the end of June and start of July, we've got you covered. The Xbox Game Pass June Wave 2 lineup is:

It's important to note that the Game Pass Standard tier (available for $14.99/month) does not give users access to day one releases - that's exclusive to the Game Pass Ultimate tier. If you're looking to play big Xbox exclusives and other new games on the day they release, you'll need to be subscribed to Game Pass Ultimate.

What Games Are Leaving Xbox Game Pass?

Unfortunately with new games joining the catalog it means a few must take their leave. Below, we've listed the games that'll be leaving Xbox Game Pass on June 30.

  • Arcade Paradise (Cloud, Console, and PC)
  • Journey to the Savage Planet (Cloud, Console, and PC)
  • My Friend Peppa Pig (Cloud, Console, and PC)
  • Robin Hood: Sherwood Builders (Cloud, Console, and PC)
  • SteamWorld Dig (Cloud and Console)
  • SteamWorld Dig 2 (Console and PC)

Biggest Games Releasing on Xbox Game Pass

Xbox's Summer Showcase this year had plenty of exciting new games to show off, from The Outer Worlds 2 to Call of Duty: Black Ops 7, Clockwork Revolution, and Ninja Gaiden 4. But which of the many games revealed during the showcase will appear as day-one releases on Game Pass? Thankfully, quite a few! Including all of the previously mentioned titles.

The latest big release on the platform is Doom: The Dark Ages. In our review, IGN's Mitchell Saltzman said, "Doom: The Dark Ages may strip away the mobility focus of Doom Eternal, but replaces it with a very weighty and powerful style of play that is different from anything the series has done before, and still immensely satisfying in its own way."

If you're looking for even more savings on all things Xbox, have a look at our roundup of the best Xbox deals. There, we've highlighted all of the latest and greatest discounts on the platform, from incredible game deals to fantastic offers on high-quality headphones. Or, if you'd rather see what's going on with other platforms, check out our roundups of the best PlayStation deals, the best Nintendo Switch deals, and our overall roundup of the best video game deals.

Hannah Hoolihan is a freelance writer who works with the Guides and Commerce teams here at IGN.

  •  

The Simpsons Season Finale Shocks Fans With Unprecedented Story Featuring Death of Core Family Member

The latest episode of The Simpsons, the series' Season 36 finale, has shocked fans by showcasing the events that follow the death of a key cast member — and a core member of the main Simpsons family.

Warning! Spoilers for the latest episode of The Simpsons follow.

In an episode set partially in the future, Bart and Lisa are seen coming to terms with the death of Marge — who is shown hanging out in heaven with Ringo Starr (who, to be clear, is still alive at present).

Over the course of The Simpsons' many years on screen, the show has rarely killed off characters, making the events of its 36th season finale Estranger Things all the more shocking.

And while Marge's death is still set in the future of The Simpsons' regular timeline, this is the first instance of one of the show's various flashforwards focusing on a time when a core family member is no longer alive.

Estranger Things shows Bart and Lisa opening a letter written by Marge, to be read in case of her death. The note asks the siblings to stick together, and look after Homer (who now lives in a retirement home). While set in the future, this isn't meant to be a fake-out. Marge really has died, leaving the family without its iconic blue-haired matriarch.

The Simpsons features a dubious timeline, not helped by the fact that its core cast of characters have not aged throughout the show's 35-year history. But there is at least some internal consistency, for example in relation to the few other characters that have died over the years, such as Maude Flanders and Edna Krabappel, and other major plot points such as the divorce of Milhouse's parents.

Fans have debated whether previous flashforward episodes should be treated as canon — particularly as their various takes on the future have clashed with one another.

In Season 11 episode Bart to the Future, for instance, Lisa is seen becoming president (taking over from — in a weirdly prescient twist of fate — Donald Trump). These events do not seem to take place in the future seen within Season 23 episode Holidays of Future Passed, where a series of Simpsons family Christmas photos for the show's following 30 years depict Lisa married to Milhouse (and an aged Marge and Homer still present).

Whether this latest look into The Simpsons' future is canon or not, fans expect Marge to be back alive in the present for the show's 38th season — and indeed in the two seasons thereafter. The long-running animation has currently been renewed until its 40 season, set to debut in 2028-2029.

Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Tom Phillips is IGN's News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

  •  

Resident Evil's Raccoon City: A Complete History - From Sleepy Town to Zombie Nightmare

Survival horror is finally coming home. Raccoon City is the setting for the classic Resident Evil games, its awesome remakes, and some surprisingly relevant spinoffs. As far as iconic locations in zombie fiction go, Raccoon City easily hangs in the hallowed company of holy horror spaces like the Monroeville Mall and the Winchester pub.

Just as it seemed that Resident Evil had definitively closed the book on RC, Capcom announced a return to the ruins of Raccoon City for the ninth main entry in its seminal survival horror series. For longtime fans, Resident Evil Requiem feels like it could be a joyous reunion...

But life in Raccoon City can be… complicated. Infrequent visitors might find themselves asking questions like “Where am I?” “What the heck happened here?” "Does the world know about the miraculous healing powers of colored herbs?" and “Why do I have to put jewels in a statue when I go to the DMV?”

That’s why we’ve assembled this ultimate field guide to Raccoon City. We’ll explore RC’s behind-the-scenes history, discuss everything that went down in the games, unpack the town’s enduring appeal, and solve a few mysteries along the way.

Why “Raccoon City?”

Introduced in the opening seconds of the original Resident Evil, or “Bio Hazard” in Japan, “Raccoon City” had an important role to play in establishing the series.

Resident Evil’s predecessor, the Japan-only Famicom game Sweet Home, took place in a haunted mansion in the Japanese countryside. Producer Tokuro Fujiwara wanted to remake the 8-bit cult classic for a new generation of consoles, but Capcom no longer had the rights to the film from which Sweet Home was adapted.

So Fujiwara and director Shinji Mikami reworked the concept to center around zombies instead of haunted paintings, envisioning the game as an interactive horror movie, complete with a haunting score, cinematic pre-rendered backgrounds, and jump scares a-plenty. Instead of taking inspiration from supernatural, psychological J-horror such as Sweet Home, the developers instead looked toward the West.

Resident Evil clearly owes a massive debt to George A. Romero, the godfather of the zombie genre who shot his movies in the small cities surrounding Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Setting the game in a fictional Anytown, U.S.A. allowed Capcom to capture the vibe of classics like Dawn of the Dead and create inroads to a Western audience more effectively than any live-action FMV sequence with cheesy American actors

Early drafts of Bio Hazard had the action taking place in a town called “Harnbee,” located in either New Jersey or Arkansas. Capcom ultimately decided to name the city after an animal, which isn’t strange by itself, as the fine folks from Buffalo, New York or Dinosaur, Colorado will tell you. Still, adorable trash pandas seem like an odd choice for spine-chilling survival horror.

One longstanding theory is that Capcom was referencing the species of “raccoon dog” called tanuki, which Western gamers might be familiar with from its presence in Japanese folklore and pop culture. These cute little guys look a lot like raccoons, save for some slight anatomical differences, and they’ve quite frequently appeared in video games. So could “Raccoon City” just be a localized version of “Tanuki Town?” It’s not likely.

For one thing, tanuki aren’t even raccoons at all as far as taxonomy is concerned. More importantly, the original Bio Hazard refers to its setting as “Rakūn Shiti,” using the English transliteration of “raccoon” as opposed to “tanuki” or “araiguma,” the Japanese word for the actual species. With Raccoon City, Capcom is very specifically referring to the North American mammals. But why?

Raccoons aren’t native to Japan, but in the ‘70s, a popular anime called Rascal the Raccoon led to tons of Japanese people importing the little critters to keep as pets. This was not a good idea, as anyone who has to deal with these feral, garbage eating creatures can tell you, and today, raccoons are classified as an “invasive alien species” that causes millions of dollars in damages to crops and wildlife all throughout Japan.

Were the mindless swarms of flesh-devouring zombies that infest “Raccoon City” inspired by these destructive varmints? Could it be a commentary on America’s less-than-stellar reputation on the global stage, or at least the behavior of its most obnoxious tourists? It’s certainly possible, but it’s unlikely that a game that’s such a loving homage to American horror films would make that kind of dig. The real answer is probably more simple: the mansion is in a forest, Raccoons live in the forest, hence “Raccoon Forest,” which in turn gave the city its name.

In the end, Capcom wanted to make a zombie game set in the U.S. and came up with a plausible-sounding place for it to happen. There’s no hidden meaning or dark secret lurking at the heart of Raccoon City… At least, behind the scenes. Within the world of Resident Evil, there’s a lot going on beneath the surface.

Raccoon Rising

Nestled in the Arklay mountains, bordered by the sprawling Raccoon Forest to the north, was a small midwestern town called Raccoon City. Founded in the 1800s, RC was largely unremarkable until the end of the swinging ‘60s, when its struggling economy was revitalized by a corporate benefactor that would one day bring about its total destruction.

In 1968, three best buds with a crazy dream got together to form the Umbrella Corporation. The plan? To create a superior breed of humans through twisted science. While none of the deeply unpleasant men who founded Umbrella had any deep ties to Raccoon City, Oswald E. Spencer just so happened to have some valuable real estate that would be perfect for their evil ambitions.

A few years earlier, in 1962, Sir Spencer commissioned a famous New York architect named George Trevor to build his dream home in Arklay County. Situated above a sprawling limestone cavern large enough to host a secret underground laboratory, the mansion was to be a recreation of Spencer’s childhood estate back in England… with a few twists.

Trevor made his name designing intricate buildings with traps, secret passageways, and tricksy puzzles– the kinds of gimmicks that make lunatics like Spencer (and strategy guide writers) squeal. As the mansion neared completion in 1967, Spencer grew more paranoid, as evil masterminds tend to do. He was convinced that Trevor would reveal his secrets, so he convinced the architect to bring his family to Raccoon City and conspired to wipe them all out.

Spencer infected Trevor’s wife Jessica and daughter Lisa with the Progenitor Virus, precursor to the T-virus, the manmade zombie plague that would later doom Raccoon City. Jessica died, and was entombed beneath the mansion. Lisa survived, but mutated into a shambling, nigh-unkillable monstrosity. Umbrella kept Lisa prisoner for 28 years, experimenting on her to produce even deadlier concoctions like the G-virus.

As for old George Trevor himself, he wound up trapped in a labyrinth of his own making. According to his diary, while searching for his family he actually forgot the solutions to the puzzles he created, which is relatable if nothing else. Unable to juggle all the crests, keys, and cranks that unlocked the Spencer Mansion, Trevor died of thirst and starvation deep within the bowels of his final masterpiece.

With those loose ends somewhat messily tied up, Umbrella was free to continue with its mad science, thriving within a blissfully unaware Raccoon City. The town was growing rapidly, and the jobs provided by Umbrella paid for some much-needed infrastructure. Founded in 1969, the Raccoon Police Department eventually purchased a palatial art museum to convert into its headquarters at the urging of future chief (and madman) Brian Irons.

Now safe under the watchful eye of a deranged serial killer, the growing population soon enjoyed the benefits of a zoo and its adorable mascot, Mr. Raccoon, a kick-ass public transit system, a training school for gifted youngsters, a university, a bustling downtown shopping district, and at least one pro football team. Give it up for your Raccoon City… Sharks? RC also hosted a thriving media industry that somehow sustained eight newspapers and a TV news network, all cut down in their prime twenty years before the pivot to video.

Umbrella kept the city’s economic blood pumping with its legit industries above ground, but the real money came from the top secret research it conducted under Raccoon City’s nose. The eugenicist vision of Spencer and the founders was largely replaced with the extremely lucrative industry of creating bio-organic weapons (B.O.W.s) for the highest bidder. Deadly as they are, the Hunters, Lickers, and Chimera Umbrella churned out by the truckload were merely the beta versions of its ultimate creation, the mighty Tyrant.

In the early ‘90s, Umbrella cemented its hold on Raccoon City by pouring tons of money into a revitalization project called “Bright Raccoon 21.” It built hospitals and orphanages, renovated the landmark clock tower, and recruited a special ops police unit called S.T.A.R.S. in 1996. It also took the opportunity to construct not one but two secret NEST facilities underground, where scientist William Birkin was hard at work on the G-virus.

Umbrella owned the mayor, the police department, and employed 40% of the city’s 100,000 citizens. It had infected Raccoon City like one of its patented viruses, transforming the rust-belt industrial town into a bustling metropolis under the iron grip of Umbrella.

This didn’t last very long.

The Raccoon City Destruction Incident

The situation began spiraling out of Umbrella’s control in early 1998, when strange occurrences around Raccoon City started drawing unwanted attention. Strange dogs with wet, decaying flesh were spotted in the woods, and a series of grisly murders seemingly committed by cannibals had residents spooked about a possible death cult lurking in the forest.

The heat made Umbrella nervous, so it called upon its intelligence agent extraordinaire, Albert Wesker. As the company man in charge of S.T.A.R.S., he was to lead the unit on a sham investigation to clean up the mess and retrieve precious combat data, the single most valuable commodity in the Resident Evil universe. Wesker, magnificent bastard that he is, was plotting to ditch Umbrella at the first opportunity, but he complied with his orders.

On the 23rd of July, 1998, the S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team helicopter crashed in the forest, courtesy of Wesker’s sabotage. The man in the shades personally led Alpha team on a so-called rescue mission that trapped them in the iconic foyer of the Spencer Mansion. As the events of Resident Evil 1 play out, S.T.A.R.S. members Chris Redfield and Jill Valentine battle through zombies and B.O.W.s, discover the hidden lab beyond the manor walls, and learn of Umbrella’s role in the slaughter.

As Bravo Team rookie Rebecca Chambers discovered in the extremely mid prequel, Resident Evil 0, the Mansion outbreak was the work of Umbrella co-founder James Marcus, or rather, a mutated leech posing as the murdered magnate. She reunites with Jill and Chris, only to be betrayed by Wesker, who unleashes Umbrella’s apex weapon on his former comrades. Wesker is seemingly skewered by the Tyrant, which is destroyed by a deus ex rocket launcher courtesy of cowardly pilot Brad “Chickenheart” Vickers, as the surviving S.T.A.R.S. members (and a chemically-enhanced Wesker) escape the exploding facility.

Umbrella immediately went to work covering its tracks, hushing up any media murmurs and bribing Chief Irons to discredit and disband S.T.A.R.S. The corporation’s containment efforts were about as successful outside of the lab as in it, and the walls were closing in. Sightings of monsters in the Arklay region continued, growing ever closer to the town as summer turned to fall. William Birkin had seen enough.

The man behind the mutagenic G-virus was preparing to hand over his research to the U.S. government, in exchange for a clean slate and protection for himself, his wife Annette and daughter Sherry. Umbrella caught wind of his intentions and dispatched a spec-ops task force to NEST on September 22nd. In the ensuing firefight, Birkin injected himself with his G-virus, transforming into a body horror monstrosity and releasing T-virus samples among the city’s rats and into the water supply. Raccoon City would be overrun within days.

The military descended on the city in a failed attempt to contain the disease, while Umbrella dispatched its own private mercenary group, the UBCS, to contain the situation. Umbrella also made the most of the opportunity to test new B.O.W.s, airdropping a Nemesis pursuer and handful of Tyrants into the chaos to dispatch unwanted survivors, recapture the G-virus, and explore their combat capabilities in a disaster scenario of its own design.

By the 28th of September, the RPD had fallen and the army had all but abandoned Raccoon City. Those who remained alive did whatever they could to survive the outbreak, often in episodic scenarios perfectly suited for online co-op sessions. On the 29th, a rookie cop with heartthrob hair arrived in Raccoon City, late for his first day on the job and somehow unaware of the destruction that lurked within. Welcome to Resident Evil 2.

Leon Kennedy linked up with Claire Redfield, a young woman searching for her brother Chris, who was off in Europe doing his own research on Umbrella. Together, the two sought refuge in the zombie-infested RPD, evading “Mr. X” and a mutated William Birkin with help from Ada Wong, an agent working for Umbrella’s unnamed corporate rival. Together, they storm the NEST, rescue Birkin’s daughter Sherry, witness Ada’s apparent demise, defeat their tormentors, and haul ass out of the self-destructing facility on a speeding train.

Resident Evil 3 revealed that Jill Valentine was trapped in town while all this was going down, her last escape halted by the relentless Nemesis, programmed to murder any remaining S.T.A.R.S. members. Jill teams up with Carlos Oliveira and his ragtag group of UBCS spooks to infiltrate the secondary NEST facility and find a vaccine. The Nemesis is destroyed, along with any potential T-virus cure, and Jill and Carlos flee the city shortly before its destruction.

On October 1, the U.S. government decided to wash its hands of Raccoon City by wiping it off the map. The President ordered the launch of an experimental thermobaric missile to destroy the town, any evidence of the outbreak, and every living and unliving creature still inside. When the dust settled, all that remained of Raccoon City was a smoldering crater.

Umbrella’s role in the disaster was exposed by journalist Alyssa Ashcroft, a survivor who revealed the existence of B.O.W.s to the world. The U.S. President resigned in disgrace, but the government managed to keep its dealings with Umbrella under wraps. Facing prosecutions, lawsuits, and dwindling sales following the death of 100,000 people, the Umbrella corporation shriveled and died, leaving Raccoon City as its final, shameful legacy.

The Uncanny City

The few brief mentions of Raccoon City in Resi 1 sparked our imaginations, and RE 2 made them a reality. While the sequel largely took place inside the ornate RPD building, RE 2 begins with a bang, throwing Leon and Claire into the burning streets of Raccoon City proper and daring them to survive the horror. Clambering up fire escapes and sprinting past zombie-filled basketball courts was such a mind-blowing expansion of scope in 1998 that we didn’t really notice that Raccoon City doesn’t make any sense. At least, not for an American city.

The pre-rendered backgrounds of the original Resi 2 and 3 are chock-full of narrow, winding streets and mazes of tiny alleys that lead to dead ends, none of which are really representative of a bustling mid-sized midwestern metro. In fact, Raccoon City as originally envisioned feels a lot like the commercial area of a Japanese city– Shinjuku draped in grimy Western set dressing.

Most Japanese game devs in the ‘90s weren’t given the budget to fly across the Pacific to do in-depth research on cities in the United States– Konami famously used the Arnold Schwarzenegger family comedy Kindergarten Cop as its primary reference when conceiving the streets of Silent Hill. RC isn’t supposed to be an accurate U.S. city, it’s an imaginary version of one cooked up via Capcom’s cultural osmosis, based on its impressions of American culture from afar– it’s no coincidence that RE 2’s only accessible building outside of the RPD is Gun Shop Kendo. The result is a Raccoon City that feels familiar enough to Western audiences with a subtle undercurrent that something is wrong, the uncanny valley effect played out in environmental design.

This sensation diminished as the series evolved beyond pre-rendered backgrounds, with the multiplayer-focused Outbreak games returning to a fully polygonal RC. The somewhat forgotten spinoff has been thrust into the spotlight with the reveal that Resident Evil Requiem will star Grace Ashcroft, daughter of reporter Alyssa Ashcroft who was a prominent playable character in Outbreak. It’s a series worth revisiting even without the ability to play online, in large part because of how it expands Raccoon City. Survivors explore bars, hotels, apartment buildings, a zoo, and even Raccoon University campus, fleshing RC into a more fully realized space while maintaining the gritty, pre-HD vibe.

The advent of the Resident Evil remakes gave Capcom the opportunity to update Raccoon City for a new generation. The impressive RE Engine provided realistic, high fidelity graphics, but it feels like something was lost in translation. While the city more closely resembles a thriving midwestern tourist destination, with towering skyscrapers and a more sensible urban layout, it sacrifices the otherworldly aesthetic of the original games. It feels less like a waking nightmare and more like an actual place– even though a real-life Raccoon City is rather implausible. Umbrella funding aside, the sheer amount of amenities and infrastructure built to serve such a small population would probably raise some suspicious eyebrows and definitely jack up the rent prices.

And even if it could exist in our world, that begs our final question: where is Raccoon City supposed to be? Capcom has never definitively stated its location, and the most specific the canonical series ever got was in the intro to the Resident Evil 3 remake.

The (fantastic) tie-in novels by S.D. Perry explicitly placed the city in rural Pennsylvania, as did the screenplay for George Romero’s legendary unproduced Resident Evil adaptation. The Paul W.S. Anderson movies kept things vague, with some clues that Raccoon City is either near Allentown, PA or somewhere in Michigan, but most of the action was filmed in Toronto, Canada. The ill-fated Welcome to Raccoon City film was similarly shot in Ontario, but it too declined to name the state it stood in for.

Countless fan theories have emerged throughout the decades, using every snippet of lore and a whole lot of logical leaps in an attempt to deduce the location of Raccoon City. Plausible arguments exist for Colorado, South Dakota, and even Cleveland, Ohio, but the prevailing hypothesis is that Raccoon is a stand in for Springfield, Missouri. There aren’t many mountains in the midwest, after all, but the foggy Arklay hills could be interpreted as Missouri’s Ozark region. Springfield also happens to be situated above massive limestone caverns with plenty of room for growing young B.O.W.s.

There are a few holes in this hypothesis, like the fact that Leon and Claire emerge from Raccoon City into a sprawling desert that is far removed from any geographic feature of the Show-Me State. The truth is, we probably were never supposed to know exactly where Raccoon City is– and maybe that’s what makes it so creepy.

Raccoon City could be the growing town up the road where a soulless corporation just built a new billion-dollar data center. It could be the quaint hamlet up by the woods that hosts a mysterious old house that’s rumored to be haunted. It could be your city, that one day you might have to escape in a desperate dash for survival. For nearly 30 years, Raccoon City has played host to countless mysteries and unanswered questions, some of which may finally be revealed in Requiem. But one thing has never been in doubt: Raccoon City is a scary place to be.

  •